<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!--Generated by Site-Server v@build.version@ (http://www.squarespace.com) on Fri, 10 Apr 2026 16:37:44 GMT
--><rss xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:media="http://www.rssboard.org/media-rss" version="2.0"><channel><title>Blog</title><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/</link><lastBuildDate>Wed, 08 Apr 2026 19:44:58 +0000</lastBuildDate><language>en-US</language><generator>Site-Server v@build.version@ (http://www.squarespace.com)</generator><description><![CDATA[]]></description><item><title>Why Your Website Isn't Converting (And What to Fix First)</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Website Design</category><category>Business Tips</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 16:00:39 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/why-your-website-isnt-converting</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:69d55853f8fb88319d8e27f0</guid><description><![CDATA[&nbsp;










































  

    
  
    

      

      
        <figure class="
              sqs-block-image-figure
              intrinsic
            "
        >
          
        
        

        
          
            
          
            
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                <img data-stretch="false" data-image="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/d615d2d6-393f-4b5a-b8e7-30f4486ab3ff/Credibility+Gap+Quiz+blog+post+image.jpeg" data-image-dimensions="1200x896" data-image-focal-point="0.5,0.5" alt="" data-load="false" elementtiming="system-image-block" src="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/d615d2d6-393f-4b5a-b8e7-30f4486ab3ff/Credibility+Gap+Quiz+blog+post+image.jpeg?format=1000w" width="1200" height="896" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, (max-width: 767px) 50vw, 50vw" onload="this.classList.add(&quot;loaded&quot;)" srcset="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/d615d2d6-393f-4b5a-b8e7-30f4486ab3ff/Credibility+Gap+Quiz+blog+post+image.jpeg?format=100w 100w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/d615d2d6-393f-4b5a-b8e7-30f4486ab3ff/Credibility+Gap+Quiz+blog+post+image.jpeg?format=300w 300w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/d615d2d6-393f-4b5a-b8e7-30f4486ab3ff/Credibility+Gap+Quiz+blog+post+image.jpeg?format=500w 500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/d615d2d6-393f-4b5a-b8e7-30f4486ab3ff/Credibility+Gap+Quiz+blog+post+image.jpeg?format=750w 750w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/d615d2d6-393f-4b5a-b8e7-30f4486ab3ff/Credibility+Gap+Quiz+blog+post+image.jpeg?format=1000w 1000w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/d615d2d6-393f-4b5a-b8e7-30f4486ab3ff/Credibility+Gap+Quiz+blog+post+image.jpeg?format=1500w 1500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/d615d2d6-393f-4b5a-b8e7-30f4486ab3ff/Credibility+Gap+Quiz+blog+post+image.jpeg?format=2500w 2500w" loading="lazy" decoding="async" data-loader="sqs">

            
          
        
          
        

        
      
        </figure>
      

    
  


  


&nbsp;<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="sqsrte-large">If you've been wondering why your website isn't converting, the answer probably isn't a bad headline or the wrong shade of blue. More often, the problem is both simpler and more uncomfortable than that: <strong>your website isn't reflecting the level of trust, authority, and skill you already bring to your work.</strong></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="sqsrte-large">That nagging sense that something feels off? It's worth paying attention to. In most cases, it's pointing to what I call <strong>the credibility gap, and once you know where that gap is showing up, figuring out what to fix first gets a lot easier.</strong></p>


  




  




  
    

  <h3>What You'll Learn in This Article</h3>
  
    
  





  



<iframe allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/3UQR9xVTpIM?controls=0&amp;iv_load_policy=3&amp;rel=0&amp;showinfo=0&amp;wmode=opaque" width="560" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" type="text/html" height="315"></iframe>




  
    
  
  <p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="sqsrte-large">If you'd rather watch than read, this post is based on my latest YouTube video which covers all of this if you want to follow along that way.</p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="2995973b-3728-44eb-9ebc-5beb0836b1a1" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>The Credibility Gap Behind Your Off-Feeling Website</strong></span><br class="ProseMirror-trailingBreak"></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong><em>The credibility gap is the distance between how good you actually are at what you do and how your website makes you look.</em></strong></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">That gap is frustrating because it creates a mismatch you can feel but struggle to name. You know you have the experience. Your clients trust you. Your work gets results. And yet your website still doesn't feel like a clear, confident reflection of any of that. It feels flat, scattered, or oddly underwhelming for where you are in your business.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>For a lot of established women business owners, that disconnect shows up as hesitation. </strong>You pause before sending someone your link. You keep tweaking things without feeling better about it. You hear plenty of advice about fixing your copy, your design, your logo, your layout, and none of it seems to get to the heart of the problem.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>When your website doesn't match your real-world expertise, it quietly creates doubt where there should be confidence.</strong></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">That doesn't mean your website is bad. It means it's likely leaking credibility in specific places. My whole focus at Purpose &amp; Pixel is helping established women entrepreneurs close that gap between their expertise in the real world and how they show up online. That framing matters because it names the actual problem. <strong><em>This isn't about becoming more qualified. It's about making your website communicate the authority you've already earned.</em></strong></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Once you see it that way, the next step gets clearer. Instead of trying to fix everything, you can start looking for exactly where credibility is slipping out.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><br class="ProseMirror-trailingBreak"></p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="2b42da09-7439-4ba7-b34a-becb939c82fe" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>The Four Credibility Leaks That Make a Strong Business Look Uncertain</strong></span><br class="ProseMirror-trailingBreak"></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>The credibility gap tends to show up in four areas: clarity, proof, path, and presence. </strong>These are the spots where a website quietly weakens trust even when the business behind it is solid.</p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Clarity: Being Understood in the First Few Seconds</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Clarity is what happens in the first few seconds after someone lands on your site. Can a visitor tell who you help, what you do, and why it matters without having to work for it? If the answer is no, your expertise gets hidden behind confusion. A vague headline, a fuzzy opening message, or language that sounds nice but says very little can make a strong business look uncertain.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">This is usually the first leak to address because it affects everything downstream. If your message isn't clear, people won't stay long enough to notice the quality of your work.<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/homepage-rewrite-for-clarity"> Clear homepage messaging that converts</a> can show you what stronger top-of-page clarity actually looks like in practice.</p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Proof: What Helps People Actually Believe You</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong><em>Clarity gets people to stay. Proof helps them trust.</em></strong></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Proof is the collection of signals that show you're the real deal: testimonials, credentials, press features, podcast appearances, specific client results. The problem is that many accomplished women underuse proof, or bury it somewhere no one thinks to look.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">A testimonial page no one clicks doesn't do much heavy lifting. Neither does a vague quote that says you were "great to work with" without explaining what actually changed for that client. Good proof reduces doubt because it gives people something solid to hold onto. It turns "this sounds promising" into "this feels trustworthy."</p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Path: The Sense of Direction Your Site Gives People</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Path is how easy it feels to move through your website and know what to do next. When someone lands on your site, do they feel guided, or do they feel like they're on their own figuring it out?</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Too many calls to action, too many choices, or no clear next step creates quiet friction. People freeze when they aren't sure where to go, and then they leave. <strong><em>A clear path lowers mental load.</em></strong> It signals that your business is organized, intentional, and easy to work with. A website doesn't need to say "trust me" when the experience itself already feels trustworthy.</p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Presence: The Overall Impression Your Site Leaves</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Presence is your design, visuals, and copy working together to shape a first impression. Even when visitors can't name what's off, they can feel a mismatch. If your site looks visually noisy, dated, inconsistent, or just disconnected from where you are in your business now, presence becomes a leak.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Sometimes it's the visuals. Sometimes it's the copy not sounding like you anymore. <strong><em>Sometimes it's the whole impression feeling less polished than the business behind it.</em></strong> It's worth knowing that<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/images-for-website-design-success"> high-quality images build credibility</a> faster than most business owners expect, because images are doing trust-signaling work before anyone reads a single word.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">If this framework is feeling uncomfortably familiar, you're not imagining it. These are the &nbsp;<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/why-your-website-isnt-getting-clients">4 credibility leaks to fix on your site</a> when your website isn't pulling its weight.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><br class="ProseMirror-trailingBreak"></p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="5c9e6e4c-c2ef-4899-a49e-969f0a39a205" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Why Random Fixes Don't Improve Website Conversions</strong></span><br class="ProseMirror-trailingBreak"></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">One of the hardest parts of dealing with an off-feeling website is that the problem can look bigger than it is.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">You might hear you need to rewrite your headline. Then someone else says the layout is the problem. Then you start wondering if it's your colors, your fonts, your homepage images. Before long you're circling five different fixes and still feeling stuck.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">The trouble isn't that those things never matter. It's that they don't all matter <em>first.</em></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>If you don't know where credibility is leaking, you can spend hours — or weeks — trying to improve your website conversions by fixing the wrong thing entirely. That's why smart, busy business owners keep working on their sites without seeing better results. They're putting energy into symptoms, not the source.</strong></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">A website can be attractive and still feel uncertain. Conversion problems often start there.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">That shift in perspective is useful because it pulls you out of overhaul mode. Instead of assuming you need a total redesign, you start with diagnosis. Find the leak first, then fix the right thing.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><br class="ProseMirror-trailingBreak"></p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="38ae7ce6-a24a-4d19-b990-5609e50a1ff6" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>What to Fix on Your Website First</strong></span><br class="ProseMirror-trailingBreak"></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">To help with that, I built the <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/credibility-gap-quiz"><strong>Credibility Gap Type Quiz.</strong></a></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">It's straightforward. If your website feels off but you can't tell why, <strong><em>the quiz identifies where the gap is showing up most clearly so you can stop wasting time on random fixes.</em></strong> It's 11 questions, takes a couple of minutes, and is not one of those personality-style exercises where you match your website mood to a woodland creature. It's a practical diagnostic built around patterns I've seen in real client work, questions I get asked, and feelings people bring into their website projects.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">When you finish, you get one of four result types, and each one points you toward what to focus on first. That focus is what most people are missing. When you know where your site is leaking credibility, you can move faster and feel more confident about the next step.</p>


  




  



<hr /><hr />
  
    
  
  <h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="9402d28e-4db4-4461-8830-72227da48a64" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>A Quick Look at How It Came Together</strong></span></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">I'll keep this part brief because the quiz itself matters more than how I built it, but a few people have asked so here's the short version.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">I started completely offline, mapping out the result types, questions, and what action each result should lead someone toward, before touching any software. Once that was solid, I used Claude to help structure it into a plan and checklist so I wasn't spinning wheels. Then I built it in Interact, which I'd used years ago and found even more capable now. The analytics, email integration with Kit, and flexible sharing options (direct link, embedded on-site, external results pages) made the whole thing genuinely easy to set up.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">The idea had been living in my head for months. The actual build took an afternoon. That ratio felt deeply satisfying.</p>


  




  




  
    
  


  
    
  
  <h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="a68663b1-709d-425b-97eb-94963d8e5f53" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Start With the Leak, Not the Makeover</strong></span></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><br>When your website feels off, that feeling isn't random. It's almost always pointing to a credibility gap between your real expertise and what your site is actually communicating.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">The strongest next move is not changing everything at once. It's identifying whether your biggest leak is in clarity, proof, path, presence, or some combination of those and starting there.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">If that mismatch has been hard to name, the Credibility Gap Type Quiz gives you a place to begin. And if you want to go deeper on where credibility leaks happen on a website, I've written about<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/why-your-website-isnt-getting-clients"> the four areas where credibility quietly breaks down</a> and<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/homepage-rewrite-for-clarity"> what stronger homepage clarity actually looks like</a>. Next up, I'm breaking down proof and looking at why so many accomplished women underuse it and what to do about it.</p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  



<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1775590146973-ORLCTMCKHSZKGRNTITBH/Credibility+Gap+Quiz+Blog++Blog+Feature.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">Why Your Website Isn't Converting (And What to Fix First)</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>The 8-Minute Homepage Rewrite That Gets You Clients</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Website Design</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 27 Mar 2026 16:00:03 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/homepage-rewrite-for-clarity</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:69bd8b0ecce1d933851cdca5</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />










































  

    
  
    

      

      
        <figure class="
              sqs-block-image-figure
              intrinsic
            "
        >
          
        
        

        
          
            
          
            
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                <img data-stretch="false" data-image="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/3822af80-1b1c-499c-bd8a-ec015f1bdb26/homepage-rewrite-clarity-blog-image.jpeg" data-image-dimensions="640x427" data-image-focal-point="0.5,0.5" alt="" data-load="false" elementtiming="system-image-block" src="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/3822af80-1b1c-499c-bd8a-ec015f1bdb26/homepage-rewrite-clarity-blog-image.jpeg?format=1000w" width="640" height="427" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 100vw" onload="this.classList.add(&quot;loaded&quot;)" srcset="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/3822af80-1b1c-499c-bd8a-ec015f1bdb26/homepage-rewrite-clarity-blog-image.jpeg?format=100w 100w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/3822af80-1b1c-499c-bd8a-ec015f1bdb26/homepage-rewrite-clarity-blog-image.jpeg?format=300w 300w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/3822af80-1b1c-499c-bd8a-ec015f1bdb26/homepage-rewrite-clarity-blog-image.jpeg?format=500w 500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/3822af80-1b1c-499c-bd8a-ec015f1bdb26/homepage-rewrite-clarity-blog-image.jpeg?format=750w 750w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/3822af80-1b1c-499c-bd8a-ec015f1bdb26/homepage-rewrite-clarity-blog-image.jpeg?format=1000w 1000w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/3822af80-1b1c-499c-bd8a-ec015f1bdb26/homepage-rewrite-clarity-blog-image.jpeg?format=1500w 1500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/3822af80-1b1c-499c-bd8a-ec015f1bdb26/homepage-rewrite-clarity-blog-image.jpeg?format=2500w 2500w" loading="lazy" decoding="async" data-loader="sqs">

            
          
        
          
        

        
      
        </figure>
      

    
  


  


Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large">If your homepage isn’t getting inquiries, it usually isn’t because you’re not good at what you do. More often, it’s because people can’t understand you fast enough to stick around. <strong>Your homepage isn’t an introduction. It’s a decision shortcut.</strong> If buyers land on your site and feel confused, they won’t keep reading, they’ll move on.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">And here’s the uncomfortable part: for a lot of established women professionals, their homepage <em>is</em> confusing. Not because they don’t know their work. Because their site hasn’t caught up with them yet. <strong>That gap between how good you actually are and how your website presents you? That’s the credibility gap, and it quietly costs you clients every single day.</strong></p><p class="sqsrte-large">In my previous blog post, I introduced the four places the credibility gap shows up on your website. Today we’re going deep on the first one: clarity above the fold.</p>


  




  




  
    

  <h3>What You'll Learn in This Article</h3>
  
    
  





  



<iframe allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/J7ZMnaJRo9g?controls=0&amp;iv_load_policy=3&amp;wmode=opaque" width="560" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" type="text/html" height="315"></iframe>




  
    
  
  <p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong><em>I’ll walk you through the process of how to do this below, but if you prefer watching a tutorial, be sure to view the companion video on my YouTube channel.</em></strong></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">The good news is you don’t need to rewrite your entire website to start closing the gap. You can start with one high-impact spot: the first section people see before they scroll, your hero section. A focused homepage rewrite can make your message easier to understand and make it easier for the right people to take the next step.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""><strong><em>If you fix this one section, your entire site will likely start converting better.</em></strong></p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="21769e1e-d38e-47d1-8a5f-46a1ffdb2995" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Why homepage clarity above the fold matters</strong></span></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Think of your homepage like a fast filter. People arrive with a tiny window of attention, and they’re silently asking, “Am I in the right place?” If your site makes them work to figure that out, they won’t. Don’t make them do the work.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">In my work as a web designer, I see the credibility gap surface in four main places:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""><strong>Clarity</strong> — Is it immediately obvious who you help and what you do?</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""><strong>Proof</strong> — Does your site signal that you’re the real deal, fast?</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""><strong>Path</strong> — Does your site guide visitors toward a clear next step?</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""><strong>Presence</strong> — Do your visuals and design actually match your level of expertise?</p></li></ul><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Today, we’re focusing on the first one, clarity. Specifically, above the fold, because it affects everything else. When your message is clear right away, it becomes easier for visitors to trust you, follow your site, and act.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">This matters even more if you’re an established service provider. You already have real expertise. You’re already excellent at your work. But if your site reads like a vague introduction, or if it takes too long to get to the point, it won’t reflect that. Your homepage becomes a visible credibility gap.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">The good news is that above-the-fold clarity is one of the quickest wins you can get. You’re not rebuilding five pages. You’re not rewriting your whole story. You’re simply making sure the first thing people see answers the questions they’re already asking.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">So let’s define what “above the fold” means, then walk through what your hero section needs to do, what to remove, and how to rewrite it in eight minutes.</p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="fd5724f8-84fe-4111-bf1a-b1951a5093ae" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>What “above the fold” means on a website</strong></span></h2><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>From newspapers to your hero section</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">“Above the fold” comes from print media, newspapers specifically. Back when people actually held a folded newspaper in their hands, the big headlines and main stories lived on the top half, above the fold, because that’s what people saw first.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">On a website, the concept is the same. Above the fold is the first big section of a page, often called the <strong>hero section</strong>, what someone sees before they start scrolling.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">It’s your first impression. But it’s more than that. <strong>It’s your clearest chance to help someone understand what you do, who it’s for, and what to do next.</strong> Done well, it starts closing the credibility gap before a visitor even makes it past the first screen.</p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>The four things your hero section must communicate</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">That above-the-fold area needs to do four things. If it misses these, the rest of your homepage has to work too hard.</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""><strong>Tell visitors who your website is for. </strong>Make it obvious who should keep reading.</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""><strong>Show the outcome of working with you. </strong>What changes for them after they hire you?</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""><strong>State what you deliver. </strong>What do you actually provide — your service, offer, or deliverable?</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""><strong>Include proof. </strong>Add evidence that supports your expertise and credibility.</p></li></ol><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">This is why clarity is the first credibility leak to fix. When you lead with a clear message and support it with proof, you’re not forcing people to guess. You’re helping them decide.</p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="47aab17b-d678-48e5-b080-8fe9cf627c82" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>A simple hero section structure (with example copy)</strong></span></h2><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Start with a clear “who + outcome” line</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">If you want a clean way to structure your hero section message, start here: one or two sentences that say who you help and the outcome they can expect.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Here’s an example of using my own business:</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""><em>“I design strategic Squarespace websites for established women service providers and creative professionals, so your online presence finally has the authority to attract the premium clients your expertise deserves.”</em></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Notice what this does in a single breath. It speaks to a specific audience (established women service providers and creative professionals), and it describes the outcome (an online presence that has the authority to attract premium clients). No fluff. No vague promises. Just: <em>this is who I’m for, and this is what changes.</em></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""><strong><em>You don’t need a long explanation here. Above the fold, your job is to be clear, not exhaustive.</em></strong></p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Follow with one call to action, then add proof</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Right after your main statement, include a <strong>clear call to action</strong>. Keep it simple and action-oriented. For example:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Book a free consultation</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Enroll now</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Explore my services</p></li></ul><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Then, closely after that, include proof. This can be a small piece of evidence that supports what you just claimed: a testimonial from a past client, a short listing of professional credentials, or logos of organizations or publications you’ve been featured in.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">The order matters. When someone sees a clear message, a next step, and a quick proof point, it reduces hesitation. It also keeps the hero section from becoming a wall of text. Aim for clear, concise, action-oriented copy backed by evidence. That mix helps the right visitor feel confident enough to keep going.</p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="b125cbe3-27ad-4b75-b95d-c3483cf0f311" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Hero section clarity killers to delete or move</strong></span></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Even if you have strong services and a great reputation, a few common hero section habits cloud your message. These aren’t “never use this anywhere on your site” items. They’re “don’t lead with this above the fold” items.</p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Content that doesn’t belong above the fold</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">One of the biggest clarity killers is a long origin story. Your visitor doesn’t need your full backstory in the first screen of your homepage. Save that for a dedicated About page, or a “Get to know me” page if that’s something you want on your site.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">A short “about me” blurb <em>can</em> work further down your homepage, once someone has decided they’re in the right place. But the hero section needs to earn their attention first.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Another common issue is generic value paragraphs, the kinds of statements that sound positive but don’t say much. They can be helpful later as people scroll and learn more, but they usually don’t grab someone right away because they don’t clarify what you do or who it’s for.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">If your hero section feels crowded, it’s often because it’s trying to do too many jobs at once. Move the extra content down the page and let the first section focus on clarity, action, and proof.</p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Too many buttons and vague language</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Buttons can create friction when there are too many choices. Ideally, your hero section should have <strong>one call to action</strong>, one button. For most websites, one clear next step is all you need.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">The exception is if you serve more than one audience and those groups need different paths through your site. In that case, two buttons that speak directly to each group can be warranted. But it’s a narrow exception. If you’re not sure whether you need two, you probably don’t.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""><strong><em>Think of it this way: one CTA creates a clear next step. Two CTAs help distinct audiences self-select the right path. Anything beyond that just creates hesitation.</em></strong></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Along with button overload, watch for vague language. A line like “I help women thrive” sounds nice, but it’s too generic on its own. If you say something like that, you need to follow it with <em>how</em>, in a way that connects to what you actually deliver.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Look for anything that makes the hero section feel busy or confusing. Then delete, rearrange, or move it lower on the page so your main message can breathe.</p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="13676550-a0c8-4a73-8597-6c543b93158c" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Your 8-minute homepage rewrite plan</strong></span></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">This is the simple process to rewrite your hero section fast, without getting lost in your current site copy.</p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Write your new hero section off-page (timer on)</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Set a timer for eight minutes. Use your phone, your watch, whatever works. Then, <strong>don’t look at your website yet.</strong> Do this off-page, in a notebook, in your favorite note taking app, anywhere that isn’t your live site.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">In that eight minutes, write three things:</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""><strong>Your who + outcome line. </strong>Who do you serve, and what outcome can they expect from working with you?</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""><strong>One call to action. </strong>Pick one next step you want someone to take, and write the button text.</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""><strong>Your proof. </strong>Choose one piece of evidence that supports your claim: a testimonial, credentials, organizations you belong to, or media you’ve appeared in.</p></li></ol><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Keep it short. Keep it clear. This isn’t the moment for a full overhaul of every sentence on your homepage. You’re building a strong starting point for the first screen people see, one that actually closes the credibility gap instead of widening it.</p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Update your homepage, then give it 30 to 60 days</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Once you’ve written your new message, go back to your homepage and scan for the clarity killers we talked about: vague language, long intros, origin stories, generic value paragraphs, extra buttons that don’t belong in the hero section.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">When you spot something noisy, note it. Then decide whether it belongs lower on the homepage or on a different page entirely.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">After that, update your hero section with your new message and give it time before you judge it. Run it for 30 to 60 days and monitor your metrics so you can see if visitor behavior changes. You can tweak over time too, because websites aren’t static. They’ll evolve with you.</p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="b4bb20f1-6f9d-4595-8df7-3c5a77d06510" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>When you want professional help tightening your homepage message</strong></span></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Sometimes you can feel that your homepage is “almost there,” but you can’t see what to prioritize anymore because you’ve been staring at it too long. <em>(Hey, it’s something even us web designers struggle with on our own sites.)</em></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">If you’d prefer professional support, help deciding what to prioritize, tightening your message, or figuring out whether you’re ready for a full credibility-first redesign, that’s exactly what I do.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">If you’re weighing what it looks like to invest in a custom site or redesign, <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/custom-squarespace-website-cost">this guide on custom Squarespace website costs </a>can help you understand what’s typically included. And if you’d like a fresh set of eyes on your site specifically, a <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/power-hour-consultation"><strong>Power Hour</strong></a> is a great place to start. It’s a focused hour where we can look at exactly this kind of thing together and map out your next steps.</p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="d37bf9eb-53bb-4430-970e-90bd9a5dac19" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Closing the gap starts at the top</strong></span></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Your hero section has one job: help the right person understand you fast, and feel confident taking the next step. Right now, a lot of established professionals are losing that moment — not because their work isn’t good enough, but because their homepage hasn’t caught up with their expertise yet. That’s the credibility gap, and this is one of the fastest places to start closing it.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="">Try the eight-minute homepage rewrite, update your above-the-fold section, then give it time while you watch your metrics. Small edits here can create a noticeable shift, because when clarity improves, everything that follows improves with it.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""><em>If you rewrite your hero section this week, what’s the one sentence you want a new visitor to understand the moment they land?</em></p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  



<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1774030741529-7Y12JK16W6C0Q48NGA1Y/Homepage+Clarity+Blog+Feature.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">The 8-Minute Homepage Rewrite That Gets You Clients</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>Why Your Website Isn’t Getting Clients: 4 Quiet Credibility Leaks to Fix</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Website Design</category><category>Business Tips</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 13 Mar 2026 16:00:38 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/why-your-website-isnt-getting-clients</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:69b32cb409b0391a8579240e</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />&nbsp;










































  

    
  
    

      

      
        <figure class="
              sqs-block-image-figure
              intrinsic
            "
        >
          
        
        

        
          
            
          
            
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                <img data-stretch="true" data-image="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/61f0546d-8e18-489b-a007-11703d03bad8/Credibilty+Gap+Blog+Post+image.jpeg" data-image-dimensions="512x640" data-image-focal-point="0.5,0.5" alt="" data-load="false" elementtiming="system-image-block" src="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/61f0546d-8e18-489b-a007-11703d03bad8/Credibilty+Gap+Blog+Post+image.jpeg?format=1000w" width="512" height="640" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, (max-width: 767px) 66.66666666666666vw, 66.66666666666666vw" onload="this.classList.add(&quot;loaded&quot;)" srcset="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/61f0546d-8e18-489b-a007-11703d03bad8/Credibilty+Gap+Blog+Post+image.jpeg?format=100w 100w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/61f0546d-8e18-489b-a007-11703d03bad8/Credibilty+Gap+Blog+Post+image.jpeg?format=300w 300w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/61f0546d-8e18-489b-a007-11703d03bad8/Credibilty+Gap+Blog+Post+image.jpeg?format=500w 500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/61f0546d-8e18-489b-a007-11703d03bad8/Credibilty+Gap+Blog+Post+image.jpeg?format=750w 750w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/61f0546d-8e18-489b-a007-11703d03bad8/Credibilty+Gap+Blog+Post+image.jpeg?format=1000w 1000w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/61f0546d-8e18-489b-a007-11703d03bad8/Credibilty+Gap+Blog+Post+image.jpeg?format=1500w 1500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/61f0546d-8e18-489b-a007-11703d03bad8/Credibilty+Gap+Blog+Post+image.jpeg?format=2500w 2500w" loading="lazy" decoding="async" data-loader="sqs">

            
          
        
          
        

        
      
        </figure>
      

    
  


  


&nbsp;Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  
<p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="sqsrte-large">That small wince before you share your website link? It’s not imposter syndrome. It’s information. And most of the time, it’s pointing to a credibility gap, a mismatch between the level of expertise you’ve genuinely earned and what your website is quietly communicating to the people who land on it.</p>
<p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" id="yui_3_17_2_1_1773350069674_114771">It’s more common than you’d think: established professionals with years of experience, strong client results, and real authority in their field, paired with a website that makes someone hesitate before clicking “Contact.” The website isn’t necessarily <em>bad</em>. It’s just leaking credibility in four very specific, very fixable ways.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Those four places are: clarity, proof, path, and presence. Fix even one issue in each area and your site starts working harder without you doing anything differently.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Let’s start where the gap shows up fastest.</p>


  




  




  
    

  <h3>What You'll Learn in This Article</h3>
  
    
  





  



<iframe data-embed="true"  type="text/html" frameborder="0" width="560 height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/6XKjBMjm7zU?controls=0&iv_load_policy=3&showinfo=0" allowfullscreen></iframe>




  
    
  
  <p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class="sqsrte-large"><em>If you’re more of a visual person, be sure to view the companion video on my YouTube channel.</em></p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="a21812c6-82cd-4fcb-949e-24b91442ad37" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>1) Clarity: Make your hero section do its job</strong></span></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Clarity is about what happens in the first three seconds someone spends on your site. They’re deciding, almost instantly, whether they’re in the right place. If your message is fuzzy, they don’t stick around to figure it out. They leave, and they don’t feel bad about it.</p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Signs your headline is leaking credibility</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">The most common clarity leak sits right at the top of your homepage. A few to look for:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">A headline so generic it could belong to five different businesses in five different industries.</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">A visitor can’t tell who your services are for in five seconds.</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">You name an outcome, but it’s vague enough to mean nothing (the classic “level up your brand” without telling anyone what that actually looks like).</p></li></ul><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Your ideal client, specifically the established professional who’s been around long enough to know what she’s looking for, wants to feel an immediate internal click: <em>“Oh, this is for me.”</em> When your top-of-page copy is specific, it works like a confident guide at the front door. When it’s unclear, it works like a locked lobby with no directory.</p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>A 30-second fix: rewrite the first two lines</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">If you do one thing today, do this. Rewrite the first two lines of your homepage hero section so they clearly answer:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Who your services are for</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">What outcome you deliver</p></li></ul><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">That’s it. Two lines. A simple pressure test: if a stranger read only those two lines, could they tell what you do, who you help, and why it matters? If not, keep adjusting until they can.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>If someone has to figure out what you do, they won’t. They’ll move on.</strong></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">You don’t need clever. You need clear. Once your hero section is doing its job, everything else on your site has a much better chance of working.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><em>If you’re interested in exploring this more deeply, </em><a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/homepage-rewrite-for-clarity"><em>check out this article that takes a more detailed look at website clarity.</em></a></p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="dd077221-6022-44e9-927a-7da231081b57" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>2) Proof: Show evidence where decisions get made</strong></span></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Clarity gets someone to stay. Proof helps them believe.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Proof is the evidence that you’ve earned your expertise and that you can deliver what you promise. Testimonials, media features, credentials, podcast appearances. The things that turn “sounds good” into “I trust this.”</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">The credibility gap widens fast when proof is present but buried, or when it’s so generic that it doesn’t do any real work.</p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Signs your proof isn’t pulling its weight</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Testimonials exist, but they live on a page people rarely visit.</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">The testimonials you have are polite but vague, think “Great experience!” with no specifics.</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Nothing on your services page helps someone think, “people like me hire her.”</p></li></ul><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">A vague testimonial reads like polite applause. It’s nice, but it doesn’t reduce doubt. Strong proof shows what changed for the client, what the process felt like, or what they walked away with. <strong><em>Specifics are what close the gap.</em></strong></p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Quick fix: put proof above the fold</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Take a fresh look at two pages: your homepage and your services page.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">On your homepage, aim for at least one solid piece of proof above the fold (or close to it), so it lands early in someone’s scroll. On your services page, place proof right next to the service description. That’s where decisions happen.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">If your testimonials are currently vague, update what you collect going forward. Instead of asking only “How was it working together?” try: “What was the outcome, and what did you notice after?” You’ll get answers worth using.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">One detail that’s easy to skip: showing there’s a real human with real experience behind the site. If your site runs on Squarespace, adding author details to your content reinforces that. This walkthrough on <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/how-to-add-author-bio-squarespace">how to add an author bio in Squarespace</a> is a practical place to start.</p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="4fac7381-5d00-4bea-b07e-ed97c0971015" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>3) Path: Give people one clear next step</strong></span></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Think of “path” as the experience of moving through your site. Once someone lands, do they know what to do next? Can they find what they need without working for it? Or does your site quietly ask them to figure it out?</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong><em>A clear path builds confidence. It quietly tells someone: this is organized. You’re in good hands.</em></strong></p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Signs your site is creating confusion instead of confidence</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">You have so many calls to action competing on the same page that a visitor doesn’t know where to look. (Book, Download, Follow, Contact, Watch, Learn, Subscribe… all on one scroll.)</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Your services read like a menu without a recommendation. You list the options, but you don’t help someone choose.</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">There’s no obvious “start here” moment. The site meanders.</p></li></ul><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong><em>Too many choices creates a freeze response. When people don’t know what to do, they often do nothing.</em></strong></p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Quick fix: pick one primary CTA and repeat it</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Choose one primary next step for each key page, then repeat it consistently.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Your main CTA might be “Book a consult,” “Inquire,” or “Get a quote,” depending on your business. Once you’ve picked it:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Put that CTA in your hero section.</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Repeat it after your services overview.</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Include it near the bottom of the page for someone who needed a little more time to decide.</p></li></ul><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">This doesn’t mean every button has to be identical. It means you want to avoid a page where every button has a different job. Consistency is a trust signal. It reinforces where you want them to go, and it makes your site feel easier to navigate.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">If you’re curious what a calmer, more guided process can look like when it comes to the website project itself, this post on <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/web-designers-calm-clarity">a web designer’s calm and clarity process </a>explains the kind of structure that removes most of the guesswork.</p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="43a4dd92-556b-4742-8814-ad783b779a81" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>4) Presence: Make your site match your expertise</strong></span></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Presence is the overall impression your website makes. It’s how the design, visuals, and copy work together to communicate who you are. And it’s often where the credibility gap is most visible, because the mismatch between someone’s real-world authority and their website’s visual language is something visitors feel immediately, even if they can’t name it.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong><em>Your work is high-level. Your site should reflect that.</em></strong></p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Signs your presence is undermining your credibility</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">The site feels visually busy, with too many elements competing for attention at once.</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Imagery feels dated, inconsistent, or disconnected from your current level.</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">The copy doesn’t sound like you. It sounds generic, trend-chasing, or, yes, unmistakably AI-written instead of your actual voice.</p></li></ul><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong><em>Professionalism is a form of self-respect. When your online presence doesn’t match your actual expertise, it’s not just a design problem. It’s a credibility tax you’re paying every day.</em></strong></p><h3 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Quick fix: remove one layer of noise</strong></h3><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">You don’t need a full redesign to improve presence. Start with one focused pass:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Remove one competing element from a section (an extra image, an extra badge, a paragraph that’s doing too much).</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Aim for one clear visual direction, especially with imagery.</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Add more breathing room between sections, images, and text. White space isn’t empty space you forgot to fill. It’s the pause that makes everything else easier to read.</p></li></ul><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">If color is part of what’s making your site feel visually loud or inconsistent, it helps to understand how your platform actually handles it. This guide to the <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/web-design-guide-squarespace-color-palette">Squarespace color palette system </a>can help you create a more cohesive look without hunting down tiny edits all over your site.</p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="2627756c-a3a1-484b-8868-052137db074e" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>A 10-minute credibility audit you can do today</strong></span></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">If you’re not sure why your website isn’t converting, don’t try to overhaul everything at once. Set a timer for 10 minutes and do a quick scan through each of the four areas. You’re looking for the biggest leak in each one.</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Clarity: </strong>Rewrite the first two lines of your homepage. What do you do, who do you serve, and what result do you deliver?</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Proof: </strong>Add one strong proof point above the fold. Make sure it’s specific and visible early.</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Path: </strong>Choose one primary CTA and repeat it. Cut the competing buttons on each key page.</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Presence: </strong>Remove one layer of noise. Space things out. Update anything that no longer sounds or looks like you.</p></li></ul><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Small changes add up. Fixing one thing in each area can stop the quiet leaks that are costing you real inquiries.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong>Stop the leaks, let your expertise show</strong></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">That uneasy feeling before sharing your link isn’t something to push through. It’s a signal worth listening to. And more often than not, it’s pointing to something specific and fixable.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">When you tighten up clarity, add visible proof, create a consistent path, and strengthen your presence, the credibility gap closes. Your site stops quietly undermining you and starts doing what it’s supposed to do: making the right people feel like they’ve found the right person.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><strong><em>Pick one small change from each section and make it real this week. Progress over perfection, always.</em></strong></p><h2 data-rte-preserve-empty="true"><span data-text-attribute-id="67704970-d944-4b7a-9766-62cd6d58790b" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Ready for a second set of eyes?</strong></span></h2><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Sometimes the hardest part isn’t making the changes. It’s seeing the leaks clearly when you’ve been staring at your own site for months. (Hey, it’s something even us professionals struggle with too!)</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">If you want a second set of eyes, here’s where to start:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">If you’re ready for a website that finally matches the credibility you’ve built, you can <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/custom-squarespace-website-design">explore custom web design </a>and see what a full transformation looks like.</p></li><li><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">If you just want an expert to walk through your current site and identify exactly where the leaks are, a <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/power-hour-consultation">Power Hour consultation</a> is the fastest way to get a clear, specific plan without committing to a full project.</p></li></ul><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Either way, the goal is the same: a site that works as hard as you do.</p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  



<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1773350108961-UC8I0X91UCEFM9HH2TWC/Credibility+Gap+Feature.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">Why Your Website Isn’t Getting Clients: 4 Quiet Credibility Leaks to Fix</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>Website Terms Glossary for Beginners (Plain English Guide)</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Website Design</category><category>Business Tips</category><category>Confident Client Series</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 23 Jan 2026 14:02:00 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/website-terms-glossary</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:695827356e8bc25924e65f39</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large">If you’ve ever felt like website stuff is “for other people,” or that the "tech-speak" is over your head, you're in good company. A lot of smart business owners get stuck, not because they can’t learn it, but because the language gets in the way.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">This post is the final installment in the<a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLkn-QCscr5jxxkMIlv9p6mOuBR-1OGC1n" target="_blank"> <strong><em>Confident Client Series</em></strong></a>, a 12-video (and now blog) journey built to help you make confident, informed choices about your website. I wanted to end the series by giving you something you can keep coming back to, and that's why I created the Website Terms Glossary for Beginners.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">Because that’s what this series has been about: helping you feel steady, capable, and clear, whether you’re hiring help, doing it yourself, or mixing both.</p>


  




  




  
    

  <h3>What You'll Learn in This Article</h3>
  
    
  





  


  
    
  
  <h2><span data-text-attribute-id="fc6e04a1-00d7-436f-bd4a-63f820d79e9d" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>What the Confident Client Series covered</strong></span></h2><p class="">Across the series, the focus has been to help you:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Make informed choices (without second-guessing everything).</p></li><li><p class="">Understand what matters when you’re hiring a designer or working with support.</p></li><li><p class="">Feel more comfortable managing your own site day-to-day.</p></li><li><p class="">Build confidence, even if tech isn’t your thing.</p></li></ul><p class="">If you’re at the stage where you’re talking to designers and want to feel more prepared on those calls, you might also like this article about<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/questions-before-hiring-a-web-designer" target=""> key questions for hiring a web designer</a>.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="63e386c2-feab-4ca6-9ead-276a0640aa5c" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Your Free Bookmarkable Website Terms Glossary Gift</strong></span></h2><p class="">For this final post, I wanted to create something you could bookmark and use anytime: a plain-English glossary of common website and tech terms.</p><p class=""><strong><em>Because one of the biggest barriers to confidence is the language.</em></strong></p><p class="">All those technical terms, <em>acronyms</em>, and <em>jargon</em> can get thrown around so casually that it’s easy to feel overwhelmed. It can make even the smartest person feel like they’re missing something.</p><p class="">And now with AI, things are changing so fast it's hard for even the pros to keep up!</p><p class="">This glossary is here so you don’t have to pretend you know what something means, or pause a tutorial five times, or feel intimidated on a call.</p><h3><strong>Why this glossary matters</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Having a quick reference for website terminology helps in real-life situations like:</p></li><li><p class="">Talking with a web designer and wanting to follow the conversation without feeling lost.</p></li><li><p class="">Managing your own website and running into a setting you’ve never seen before.</p></li><li><p class="">Reading a help article or watching a tutorial where a word is used like you “should” already know it.</p></li><li><p class="">Messaging support and trying to make sense of what they’re asking you to do.</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>The goal is simple:</strong> clear definitions, written as non-techie as possible, so you can get the gist fast and move on with your day.</p><h3><strong>What’s inside the Website Terms Glossary</strong></h3><p class="">This glossary includes <strong>30+ terms</strong> across <strong>8 categories</strong>, plus <strong>a request form for new terms</strong> and a brief <strong>resources section</strong>.</p><h4><strong>The 8 categories</strong></h4><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Domain and hosting terms</p></li><li><p class="">Design terms</p></li><li><p class="">Content terms</p></li><li><p class="">SEO and optimization (including AI-related terms, which change fast and will likely be updated often)</p></li><li><p class="">Technical terms</p></li><li><p class="">User experience (UX) terms</p></li><li><p class="">Analytics terms</p></li><li><p class="">Maintenance terms</p></li></ol><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="a6f29e24-7591-46c0-89f6-764c1b955452" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Quick Tour of the Glossary (How It’s Set Up)</strong></span></h2>


  




  





<iframe allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/6seXfIsunhg?iv_load_policy=3&amp;showinfo=0&amp;wmode=opaque" width="560" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" type="text/html" height="315"></iframe>




  
  <p class="">I'll walk you through below, but be sure to watch the companion video on YouTube for the full tour!</p><p class="">The glossary is built in Notion, which makes it easy to browse, search, and return to later.</p><p class="">Here’s how it’s organized so it stays useful instead of overwhelming.</p><h3><strong>How it’s built and how you’ll use it</strong></h3><p class=""><strong>Table of contents on the right:</strong> You can jump to any category quickly.</p><p class=""><strong>Toggle sections for each category:</strong> Each category is inside a toggle box, so you can expand only what you need and keep the page feeling calm and manageable.</p><p class=""><strong>Last updated date:</strong> On the left side, you’ll see when it was last updated. This is helpful if you bookmark it and come back later.</p><p class=""><strong>Update notifications:</strong> Since you enter your email to get access, you’ll also be notified if there are major updates to the glossary.</p>


  




  














































  

    
  
    

      

      
        <figure class="
              sqs-block-image-figure
              intrinsic
            "
        >
          
        
        

        
          
            
          
            
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                <img data-stretch="false" data-image="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/4c5603d6-da02-48d4-a56e-383174ff7628/Website+Terms+Glossary+Notion+Banner.jpg" data-image-dimensions="1136x819" data-image-focal-point="0.5,0.5" alt="" data-load="false" elementtiming="system-image-block" src="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/4c5603d6-da02-48d4-a56e-383174ff7628/Website+Terms+Glossary+Notion+Banner.jpg?format=1000w" width="1136" height="819" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 100vw" onload="this.classList.add(&quot;loaded&quot;)" srcset="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/4c5603d6-da02-48d4-a56e-383174ff7628/Website+Terms+Glossary+Notion+Banner.jpg?format=100w 100w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/4c5603d6-da02-48d4-a56e-383174ff7628/Website+Terms+Glossary+Notion+Banner.jpg?format=300w 300w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/4c5603d6-da02-48d4-a56e-383174ff7628/Website+Terms+Glossary+Notion+Banner.jpg?format=500w 500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/4c5603d6-da02-48d4-a56e-383174ff7628/Website+Terms+Glossary+Notion+Banner.jpg?format=750w 750w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/4c5603d6-da02-48d4-a56e-383174ff7628/Website+Terms+Glossary+Notion+Banner.jpg?format=1000w 1000w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/4c5603d6-da02-48d4-a56e-383174ff7628/Website+Terms+Glossary+Notion+Banner.jpg?format=1500w 1500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/4c5603d6-da02-48d4-a56e-383174ff7628/Website+Terms+Glossary+Notion+Banner.jpg?format=2500w 2500w" loading="lazy" decoding="async" data-loader="sqs">

            
          
        
          
        

        
          
          <figcaption class="image-caption-wrapper">
            <p data-rte-preserve-empty="true">Screenshot of the welcome page of the glossary in Notion.</p>
          </figcaption>
        
      
        </figure>
      

    
  


  


<hr />
  
    
  
  <h3><strong>How to search for a term fast (without hunting)</strong></h3><p class="">Notion makes it easy to find what you need, even if you’re in a hurry.</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Open the glossary.</p></li><li><p class="">Use Ctrl+F (PC) or Command+F (Mac).</p></li><li><p class="">Type the term you’re looking for (for example, “DNS”).</p></li></ol><p class="">When you search, Notion automatically finds the term and expands the correct category, which is a small detail that feels like a big relief.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="25a87cbb-9bbe-4f0e-afc9-aebade82ec0a" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Example Terms (Plain English, Real-World Helpful)</strong></span></h2><p class="">The point of the glossary isn’t to sound fancy. It’s to help you understand what a term is for, why it matters, and when it might come up.</p><h3><strong>Sample from domain and hosting: DNS</strong></h3><p class="">One example you’ll see in the domain and hosting category is DNS, which stands for Domain Name System.</p><p class="">In plain English, DNS is the system that helps the internet find your website when someone types in your domain name. It’s like a contact list that matches a name (your domain) to the right destination (where your website lives).</p><p class="">You don’t need to memorize the technical version to use it. You just need to recognize the term when it comes up, especially if you’re connecting a domain, switching platforms, or working through a hosting setup.</p><h3><strong>Samples from other categories (the kinds of terms you’ll see)</strong></h3><p class="">The glossary includes terms across all the categories mentioned above, including:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Technical terms</strong>: <strong>API</strong>, <strong>embed codes</strong>, <strong>cache</strong>, <strong>plugin</strong>, <strong>extension</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>SEO and optimization terms</strong>: (including AI-related terminology that’s changing quickly)</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>User experience (UX) terms</strong>: language related to how someone experiences and uses your site</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Analytics terms</strong>: wording you’ll see when you’re looking at traffic and performance</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Maintenance terms</strong>: basics that come up when you’re keeping your site working well over time</p></li></ul><p class="">If you’re also trying to make sense of SEO terms as they come up (especially in Squarespace), this walkthrough can be a helpful companion:<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/squarespace-seo-settings-tutorial" target=""> Squarespace SEO settings walkthrough</a>.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="5e53fe5d-df0e-482f-b4c8-ec6fd40b9b6e" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>When and How to Use This Glossary</strong></span></h2><p class="">This is the kind of tool that’s easy to ignore until you really need it, then it becomes your best friend.</p><p class="">Here are a few moments when it comes in handy.</p><h3><strong>Perfect moments to reference it</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><em>Before a consultation call with a web designer</em>, when you want to brush up on terms so you feel prepared.</p></li><li><p class=""><em>While managing your own site</em>, when you bump into something unfamiliar in your settings.</p></li><li><p class=""><em>When you have a support ticket open</em> (Squarespace support or any other platform), and you want to understand what’s being asked or suggested.</p></li><li><p class=""><em>While watching tutorials</em>, so you can quickly check a term and keep going.</p></li><li><p class=""><em>When setting website goals or reviewing data</em>, especially if you’re looking at analytics and trying to make sense of what you’re seeing.</p></li></ul><p class="">This is also why the glossary is broken into categories. You can go straight to the type of terms you’re dealing with in that moment, instead of reading the whole thing top to bottom.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="68041813-1687-4a67-a9e5-a18500836eb9" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>How to access the Website Terms Glossary for Beginners</strong></span></h2><p class="">To get access, enter your email, and the glossary link will be sent to you right away.</p>


  




  




  
    
  
  <p class="">Once you have it:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Bookmark it so it’s easy to return to.</p></li><li><p class="">Check the “last updated” date when you revisit it.</p></li><li><p class="">Keep an eye out for email updates when new terms are added.</p></li></ul><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="5edbec13-b588-462f-88e4-c05938741428" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Submit a Missing Term and Explore More Resources</strong></span></h2><p class="">No glossary is complete forever. Website tech changes, platforms change, and new terms pop up constantly(<em>hello AI!</em>).</p><p class="">That’s why there’s a built-in way to request additions.</p><h3><strong>Request a term to be added</strong></h3><p class="">At the bottom of the glossary, there’s a <strong><em>“missing a term?”</em></strong> section.</p><p class="">If you search and don’t find what you need, you can submit a request using a simple three-field form. Add the term, submit it, and I’ll be notified so I can review it and add it if appropriate.</p><h3><strong>Related resources (if you want to keep learning)</strong></h3><p class="">The glossary also includes a small related resources area, including a way to rewatch the video, find the full Confident Client Series playlist, and a link to visit my site if you want to explore working together.</p><p class="">And if legal policy terms come up for you while you’re building or polishing your site, this guide pairs well with the kind of language you’ll see in website settings:<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/adding-legal-policies-in-squarespace" target=""> Add Terms &amp; Conditions to your Squarespace site</a>.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="baa32a8b-a58c-44fa-af88-ba2388c4a720" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Wrapping Up the Confident Client Series</strong></span></h2><p class="">That’s it, we’ve reached the end of the Confident Client Series.</p><p class="">Over these 12 videos and articles, the goal has been to give you the knowledge, clarity, and confidence to make informed decisions about your website, whether you DIY your site, hire a professional, or land somewhere in the middle.</p><p class="">If this series helped you, I’d love for you to <strong>leave a comment</strong> and tell me. And if you know another business owner who’s been stuck in website confusion lately, please <strong>share the series with them</strong>.</p><p class="">Thank you for letting me be your confidence catalyst through this whole journey, I’m so glad you’re here, and I hope you feel <strong>more confident</strong> moving forward.</p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  



<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1767471614057-MVDHY2LKSL3Z02A75FFC/Website+Glossary+Feature.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">Website Terms Glossary for Beginners (Plain English Guide)</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>Web Design Consultation Prep Guide (Get Ready For Your Call)</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Website Design</category><category>Business Tips</category><category>Confident Client Series</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 16 Jan 2026 14:02:00 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/web-design-consultation-prep-guide</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:6958223145e8616a6063991c</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong><em>Why does prep change everything?</em></strong> Web Design Consultation Prep is less about having the perfect answers and more about showing up ready for a real conversation.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">This article is part of my <a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLkn-QCscr5jxxkMIlv9p6mOuBR-1OGC1n" target="_blank"><strong><em>Confident Client Series.</em></strong></a> I’m Meg, a Squarespace web designer and SEO specialist, but for this series, I’d like to consider myself your confidence catalyst. My goal is to bridge the gap between your expertise and your online presence so you can show up confidently online.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">This series is all about helping you make confident and informed decisions about your website. In this article, we’re talking about how to prepare for your first discovery call with a web designer.</p>


  




  




  
    

  <h3>What You'll Learn in This Article</h3>
  
    
  





  



<iframe allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Hw6EF0eRTKA?iv_load_policy=3&amp;showinfo=0&amp;wmode=opaque" width="560" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" type="text/html" height="315"></iframe>




  
    
  
  <p class=""><em>I’ll walk you through all of this below, but if you prefer watching/listening, be sure to view the companion video on my YouTube channel.</em></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="d904513f-9d2d-4fa8-9508-a7f229f6e38d" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Why Preparation Matters for Your Discovery Call</strong></span></h2><p class="">Most designers offer a free consultation call (often called a Discovery call) to see if you’re a good fit for each other. These calls are usually about 20 to 30 minutes, and that’s not a lot of time.</p><p class="">If you show up unprepared, you’ll spend the whole call explaining the basics. You won’t get to the real questions that help you decide whether the designer is right for you, and they won’t have enough time to figure out if you’re a good fit for them either.</p><p class=""><strong>If you show up prepared, you can have a strategic conversation that actually moves you forward.</strong></p><p class="">Here are a few benefits of doing a little prep work before you hop on Zoom or Google Meet:</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You’ll have a better conversation (and it won’t feel rushed).</p></li><li><p class="">You’ll be able to decide on fit faster, with more confidence.</p></li><li><p class="">You’ll make progress, even in a short 20 to 30 minutes.</p></li></ol><p class=""><em>“Showing up prepared makes for a better conversation and helps you both determine if it’s gonna be a good fit.”</em></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="a7ee12f4-26d1-406e-9b12-e0739f30d551" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>What to Have Ready: Start with the Basics</strong></span></h2><p class="">Before you get into style preferences and strategy, make sure you’ve got the basics covered. <strong><em>Think of this as your “bring this to the call” list.</em></strong></p><h3><strong>Your current website URL</strong></h3><p class="">If you have a current website, share the link up front. Your designer may request this when you book, but if they don’t, be ready to provide it during the call.</p><p class="">A few quick reminders:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Be honest about what’s not working.</p></li><li><p class="">Remember, they’re not there to judge you.</p></li><li><p class="">They’re trying to understand what’s happening so they can help you problem-solve.</p></li></ul><h3><strong>A clear business overview</strong></h3><p class="">Be ready to explain:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">What you do</p></li><li><p class="">Who you serve</p></li><li><p class="">Your primary services and offerings</p></li><li><p class="">What makes you different from your competitors</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>This is where you get to name your unique special sauce.</em></strong></p><h3><strong>Specific website goals (not just “I need a website”)</strong></h3><p class="">Try not to be vague. <em>“I need a website,”</em>&nbsp;or&nbsp;<em>“I want a redesign so it looks nicer,”</em>&nbsp;doesn’t give your designer much to work with.</p><p class="">Instead, get specific about what you want your website to accomplish:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">What action do you want visitors to take?</p></li><li><p class="">What’s not working on your current site?</p></li><li><p class="">Why are you making this decision right now?</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>An example might sound like this:</strong> <em>you want your website to clearly communicate your expertise and convert consultation calls into paying clients, but right now people seem confused about what you offer.</em></p><h3><strong>Your timeline (and why)</strong></h3><p class="">When do you need the project done? Be realistic and honest about the reason behind the date.</p><p class=""><strong>For example:</strong> <em>you might want to launch within six weeks because you’re speaking at a conference and you want to send people to your new website. That context is incredibly helpful for a designer when they’re thinking about scheduling and scope.</em></p><h3><strong>Your budget range</strong></h3><p class="">Ideally, your designer has already shared starting prices or package ranges (either on their website or in an intake form). If they haven’t, be ready to share a general budget range so they can tell you if it’s even possible to work together.</p><p class="">This helps avoid the scenario where your budget is $2,000, and their packages start at $5,000. It’s better to know that upfront.</p><p class=""><strong><em>Controversial take</em></strong><em> (but it needs to be said): if a designer has clearly shared their price points in advance and they’re clearly not in your budget, don’t request a call with them. It wastes your time and theirs.</em></p><p class=""><strong>Budget note:</strong> You don’t need to share your absolute maximum number. A range is fine, and it gives your designer something realistic to work from.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="130f92e7-ce67-48f3-a144-85ca89a3737a" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Level Up with Strategic Prep</strong></span></h2><p class="">Once you’ve got the basics ready, a little strategic prep can make the call feel more productive (and less like you’re trying to explain everything on the spot).</p><h3><strong>Examples of what you love (and the vibe you’re going for)</strong></h3><p class="">Bring a few examples of websites, layouts, features, or styles you’re drawn to. You’re trying to give the designer a sense of your taste and expectations, both visually and technically.</p><p class="">This could include things like:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Colors you like</p></li><li><p class="">Layout styles that feel good to you</p></li><li><p class="">Features you want (or don’t want)</p></li><li><p class="">The vibe you’re trying to get across</p></li><li><p class="">Navigation styles you’ve noticed and liked</p></li><li><p class="">Blog setups that feel easy to read</p></li></ul><h3><strong>Brand elements to share</strong></h3><p class="">If you already have brand elements you like and want to keep, tell your designer and be prepared to share them if they ask.</p><p class="">This may include:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">A logo</p></li><li><p class="">A color palette</p></li><li><p class="">Fonts</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>The flip side matters too.</em></strong> If you’re not happy with your current logos, colors, or fonts, that’s equally helpful to say out loud. It lets your designer see what you have, and also understand that it’s not the direction you want to go.</p><p class="">If you want a deeper look at how color choices can come together into a cohesive website feel, this post may be helpful:<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/website-color-palette-process" target=""> How to develop a website color scheme</a></p><h3><strong>Your content situation (be honest)</strong></h3><p class=""><strong>This one is big:</strong> be honest about what content you already have, and what you’ll need to create as part of the project.</p><p class="">Your designer is trying to understand what needs to be included in the scope so they can determine whether they can support you, create the right proposal, and price it accordingly.</p><p class="">Here are the types of things to be ready to talk about:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Do you already have copy written, or will copywriting need to be part of the project?</p></li><li><p class="">Do you already have professional photos?</p></li><li><p class="">Do you have clear descriptions of your services?</p></li><li><p class="">Do you know what pages you need?</p></li></ul><p class="">It’s also helpful to have a general sense of the type of site you’re building:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">A simple five-page site</p></li><li><p class="">A more complex site with a blog</p></li><li><p class="">E-commerce</p></li><li><p class="">A membership</p></li><li><p class="">A course</p></li></ul><p class="">If it’s more complex, the next question is simple: do you have content for that, or is it still in progress?</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="19b9262c-13fa-403a-a1ac-cb478e8f3eec" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Smart Questions to Ask Your Designer</strong></span></h2><p class="">Don’t show up without questions. You’re interviewing each other (in a friendly way). You’re trying to find out if they’re a good fit, while they’re also figuring out if you’re a good fit.</p><p class="">If you want a full list, the companion resource in this series is here:<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/questions-before-hiring-a-web-designer" target=""> 10 essential questions to ask a web designer</a></p><p class="">For today’s call, here are the high-level categories of questions to be prepared to ask.</p><h3><strong>Their process</strong></h3><h4><strong>Timeframe and revisions</strong></h4><p class="">Ask questions like:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">What does your typical timeframe look like?</p></li><li><p class="">How many revision rounds are included?</p></li><li><p class="">What happens if I’m delayed with content?</p></li></ul><h4><strong>Communication</strong></h4><p class="">It’s also fair (and smart) to ask:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">What’s your communication style?</p></li><li><p class="">What’s your response time?</p></li></ul><h3><strong>Deliverables</strong></h3><h4><strong>Package details</strong></h4><p class="">Make sure you understand what’s included:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">What exactly is included in your package?</p></li><li><p class="">Will my site be SEO optimized?</p></li><li><p class="">What kind of training do you provide?</p></li><li><p class="">What happens after launch?</p></li></ul><h3><strong>About them and fit</strong></h3><h4><strong>Background and style</strong></h4><p class="">These questions help you get a feel for who they are:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Why did you become a web designer?</p></li><li><p class="">What types of projects do you enjoy most?</p></li><li><p class="">What makes your approach different from other designers?</p></li></ul><p class="">You can also ask if you can speak with a past client.</p><h4><strong>Fit check</strong></h4><p class="">Bring questions that help you both be honest:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Do you think my project is a good fit for you?</p></li><li><p class="">Are there any potential challenges you foresee?</p></li><li><p class="">What else will you need from me to make this project successful?</p></li></ul><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="4036458a-034a-47df-a5bc-a57b764b2182" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>What to Avoid on the Call</strong></span></h2><p class="">A few things can make a consult call awkward fast, so here’s what not to do.</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Don’t treat it like a job interview.</strong> This isn’t adversarial. You’re both exploring fit, so show up with enthusiasm for your project.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Don’t be vague.</strong> This is the worst time to be cagey about what you want. Be clear about what’s not working and what you’re hoping for.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Don’t ask for free strategy or design work.</strong> Questions like “What would you do with my site?” put the designer in a spot where you’re asking them to work for free.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Don’t hide your budget.</strong> It wastes everybody’s time.</p></li></ol><h3><strong>The one exception: paid discovery calls</strong></h3><p class="">Some designers offer paid discovery calls. These are longer, often an hour or more, and they’re designed for deeper strategy discussions. You’re paying for their time and expertise, so you can walk away with a real strategy whether or not you hire them for the full project.</p><p class="">If you’re looking for a similar kind of paid, focused support, you can explore this option:<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/power-hour-consultation" target=""> Squarespace Power Hour consultation service</a></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="2d7344b7-7f46-40c8-a8c6-6f58794fbabd" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>What to Expect After Your Call</strong></span></h2><p class="">Most designers will send a follow-up email within a day or two. If you both decide it’s a good fit, they may also generate a proposal and quote, and they’ll usually be available to answer any follow-up questions.</p><p class="">If it’s not a fit for one or both of you, ideally, they’ll refer you to someone else who may be a better match.</p><p class="">If the designer disappears and you don’t hear back, that’s valuable information too.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="2494c8a7-68d0-4cb1-b3fe-ba481ea2164b" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Conclusion</strong></span></h2><p class="">Showing up prepared for your consultation call makes you a dream client before you’ve even hired anyone. It shows you’re organized, you value your time (and the designer’s time), and you’re serious about your business and this investment. Most importantly, it helps you get real value from that short 20 to 30-minute conversation. <strong>A little prep turns the call into a real next step, not just a quick chat.</strong></p><p class="">If this helped you feel more ready for your first discovery call, please share it with another business owner who’s in the same boat!</p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  



<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1767471495302-O5XTBCJ5Q6HXEQ0WSU87/Discovery+Call+Prep+Feature.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">Web Design Consultation Prep Guide (Get Ready For Your Call)</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>DIY vs Hiring a Web Designer: When to Save vs When to Invest</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Website Design</category><category>Business Tips</category><category>Confident Client Series</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 09 Jan 2026 14:02:00 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/diy-vs-hiring-web-designer</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:695818ea127f927e3dc43da6</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>If you’ve been going back and forth on DIY website design vs hiring a web designer, you’ve come to the right place.</strong> This is one of the most common questions business owners ask, especially after you’ve watched other people make it look easy online.</p><p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>Spoiler alert:</strong> there isn’t one “right” answer for everyone. The best choice depends on where you are right now, what your business needs, and what you can realistically take on (without your website turning into a never-ending project).</p><p class="sqsrte-large">Squarespace (like a lot of website builders) was built with DIYers in mind, so yes, it’s totally possible to build a beautiful, functional site on your own. Thousands of people do it every day. But <em>possible and right for you aren't always the same</em>.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">This article is part of my <a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLkn-QCscr5jxxkMIlv9p6mOuBR-1OGC1n" target="_blank"><strong>Confident Client Series.</strong></a> This series is all about helping you make confident and informed decisions about your website. My goal is to bridge the gap between your expertise and your online presence so you can show up confidently online.</p>


  




  




  
    

  <h3>What You'll Learn in This Article</h3>
  
    
  





  



<iframe allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/OCWhEZv8_kQ?iv_load_policy=3&amp;showinfo=0&amp;wmode=opaque" width="560" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" type="text/html" height="315"></iframe>




  
    
  
  <p class=""><em>I’ll walk through all of this below, but if you prefer to watch/listen, be sure to watch the companion video on YouTube.</em></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="953c9c5e-2df0-46b8-b531-cb68c48fb8b1" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>When DIY Makes Sense for Your Website</strong></span></h2><p class=""><strong>Building your own website can be a great choice when it supports your business, not when it stalls it.</strong> If you’re in one of these seasons, it might be the smartest move.</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>You’re starting out and validating your business idea.<br></strong>Early on, you don’t need perfection; you need something live. A simple site lets you test your market, get real feedback, and start building momentum.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>You genuinely enjoy learning new tech.<br></strong>Some people find website building fun, creative, and energizing. If you like tinkering, learning, and figuring things out, DIY with website builder platforms like Squarespace, Showit, or Wix can offer creative control accessible to DIY-ers.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>You have more time than money right now.<br></strong>This trade-off of time and money is valid. DIY can lower your upfront costs, as long as you’re being honest about the time you’ll spend.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Your business is simple and straightforward.<br></strong> If you offer one or two clear services, you know your target audience, and your site needs are basic, a DIY website can work beautifully.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>You’re comfortable with “good enough for now.”<br></strong> You’re okay with version 1.0. You understand you can refine and upgrade later, once your business has more traction (and more budget).</p></li></ol><p class="">DIY with a website builder is often the right first step, unlike hiring pros right away. The problem starts when DIY stops being a temporary step and becomes the thing that keeps you stuck.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="9494b3d2-534c-46ad-9650-fda6236cf504" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Signs It’s Time to Stop DIY-ing</strong></span></h2><p class="">DIY stops making sense when your website becomes a drain on your time, your confidence, or your ability to get clients. If any of these feel familiar, it may be time to rethink the plan.</p><h4><strong>You’ve Spent Months on It</strong></h4><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You’ve been “working on your website” for 4 months (or more).</p></li><li><p class="">It’s turned into a procrastination project.</p></li><li><p class="">The site is taking attention away from serving clients and running your business.</p></li></ul><h4><strong>You’re Losing Clients Because of Your Website</strong></h4><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You feel embarrassed to send people to your site.</p></li><li><p class="">The website is turning potential clients away.</p></li><li><p class="">Your site's strategic approach is missing or lacking. You’re noticing missed inquiries or less interest, and the site may be part of the reason.</p></li></ul><h4><strong>You Don’t Know What You Don’t Know</strong></h4><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">The site looks “fine” to you, but there may be hidden issues you can’t see without training.</p></li><li><p class="">Common blind spots include:</p></li><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">search engine optimization problems hurting your search engine rankings</p></li><li><p class="">User experience issues (confusing flow, unclear calls-to-action)</p></li><li><p class="">Technical flaws, like poor mobile responsiveness</p></li></ul></ul><p class=""><strong><em>If you want a practical example of how DIY can quietly cost more than you think, </em></strong><a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/diy-web-design-budget-drain"><strong><em>this article is a must-read</em></strong></a><strong><em>.</em></strong></p><h4><strong>Every Update Takes Hours (and Makes You Want to Scream)</strong></h4><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Small changes take way longer than they should.</p></li><li><p class="">You dread logging in to edit anything.</p></li><li><p class="">You keep putting off updates because you know it’ll be frustrating.</p></li></ul><h4><strong>You’re Avoiding Marketing Because You’re Not Proud of Your Site</strong></h4><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You hold back from promoting your business.</p></li><li><p class="">You don’t want people clicking the link in your bio.</p></li><li><p class="">Your website is becoming the reason you hesitate, instead of the tool that supports your growth.</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>When your website starts holding you back, it’s no longer a “money-saving” DIY project. It’s a business problem.</em></strong></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="b66de7cd-5819-4e65-a4a8-5450ce3c35d6" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>When Hiring a Designer Pays Off</strong></span></h2><p class="">Hiring a professional web designer can make a lot of sense when your business has proven itself and your website needs to carry more weight. Here are the moments when investing in a professional tends to pay for itself.</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Your business is established, and your website is costing you opportunities.<br></strong> At this stage, the ROI of a stronger website is often clear. If your site is underperforming, it can directly affect bookings, sales, and lead generation.<br><br></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Your time is better spent on revenue-generating work.<br></strong> This is a big one. If you can make more money doing what you do best than you’d save by DIY-ing, the math starts to shift quickly.<br><br></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>You want strategic guidance, not just design.<br></strong> It’s <em>more than just the looks</em>. A good designer helps with more than pretty fonts and a nice layout. They can guide:</p></li><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">positioning</p></li><li><p class="">branding</p></li><li><p class="">messaging</p></li><li><p class="">customer journey</p></li><li><p class="">conversion strategy<br><br></p></li></ul><li><p class=""><strong>You need it done right, and you need it done quickly.<br></strong> Designers have systems and experience. What might take you months can often be completed in a few weeks.<br><br></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>You want to feel confident and proud of your online presence.<br></strong> This matters more than people admit. When you feel good about your site, you share it more, promote more, and show up differently.<br><br></p><p class=""><strong><em>If you’re getting ready to talk to designers soon, </em></strong><a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/questions-before-hiring-a-web-designer"><strong><em>this guide can help you feel prepared</em></strong></a><strong><em>.</em></strong>&nbsp;</p></li></ol><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="7ea98ace-714a-4a16-9184-de36d40971f6" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>The Real Trade-Offs: DIY vs Hiring a Web Designer</strong></span></h2><p class=""><strong>Sometimes the clearest way to decide is to look at the pros and cons of what you’re really trading, not just money, but time, stress, and confidence.</strong></p>


  




  




  
    <!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
  <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1">
  
</head>
<body>
  <table>
    <thead>
      <tr>
        <th>Category</th>
        <th>DIY Your Website</th>
        <th>Hire a Web Designer</th>
      </tr>
    </thead>
    <tbody>
      <tr>
        <td data-label="Category">Upfront cost</td>
        <td data-label="DIY Your Website">Lower</td>
        <td data-label="Hire a Web Designer">Higher</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td data-label="Category">Your time required</td>
        <td data-label="DIY Your Website">Higher</td>
        <td data-label="Hire a Web Designer">Minimal</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td data-label="Category">Learning curve</td>
        <td data-label="DIY Your Website">Steep (you learn as you go)</td>
        <td data-label="Hire a Web Designer">Low (designer brings expertise)</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td data-label="Category">Risk of hidden mistakes</td>
        <td data-label="DIY Your Website">Higher (SEO, UX, tech issues)</td>
        <td data-label="Hire a Web Designer">Lower (built with experience)</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td data-label="Category">Timeline to launch</td>
        <td data-label="DIY Your Website">Slower</td>
        <td data-label="Hire a Web Designer">Faster</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td data-label="Category">Support after launch</td>
        <td data-label="DIY Your Website">You're on your own</td>
        <td data-label="Hire a Web Designer">Often includes ongoing support options</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td data-label="Category">How it feels</td>
        <td data-label="DIY Your Website">Pride, but possible frustration</td>
        <td data-label="Hire a Web Designer">Peace of mind, confidence</td>
      </tr>
    </tbody>
  </table>
</body>
</html>
  


  
    
  
  <h3><strong>DIY Trade-Offs</strong></h3><p class="">DIY website design comes with a lower upfront cost, but the time cost is real.</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Lower upfront cost</strong>, which can matter a lot early on</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Bigger time investment</strong>, plus a learning curve that can be frustrating</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Risk of technical or strategy mistakes</strong>, without realizing it</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Pride of doing it yourself</strong>, which is a genuine win</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Slower timeline</strong>, especially if you’re fitting it in around everything else</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>If you want a deeper look at how that “budget-friendly” choice can become expensive over time, </em></strong><a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/diy-web-design-budget-drain"><strong><em>start here.</em></strong></a></p><h3><strong>Hiring a Designer Trade-Offs</strong></h3><p class="">Hiring a designer costs more upfront, but you get speed, expertise, and clarity.</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Higher upfront cost</strong>, but often a clearer return in time and results</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Minimal time required from you</strong> (you still have a role, but you’re not building the site)</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Professional expertise and strategy with professional polish</strong>, not just a nice layout</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Faster timeline</strong>, because the process is established</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Confidence and peace of mind</strong>, knowing an expert is guiding the work</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Potential ongoing support</strong>, and a relationship you can lean on later</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Neither path is “better.” The better path is the one that fits your business season.</strong></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="8cf9fc03-7b2b-4a9f-9009-c42df1a12dfd" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Smart Middle-Ground Options (Not All or Nothing)</strong></span></h2><p class="">If DIY feels like too much, but full custom design feels like too big of a leap, there’s good news: <em>it’s not all or nothing</em>.</p><p class="">Here are a few in-between options that can give you support without committing to a full custom project.</p><h3><strong>Professional Squarespace Template Shops</strong></h3><p class="">This means buying a template from a professional template shop (not just using the free templates that come inside Squarespace).</p><p class="">A quality template shop often includes:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">resources that guide you through setup</p></li><li><p class="">basic search engine optimization</p></li><li><p class="">strategic layouts that support real goals, not just aesthetics</p></li><li><p class="">guidance on website maintenance for long-term management</p></li></ul><h3><strong>VIP Day or Intensive</strong></h3><p class="">In this option, you work with a professional web designer who builds your site over a few days or a week.</p><p class="">This is helpful when you want:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">speed</p></li><li><p class="">expert support</p></li><li><p class="">a defined, contained timeline</p></li></ul><h3><strong>Semi-Custom Website (Template + Designer Customization)</strong></h3><p class="">This is the “best of both worlds” option for a lot of business owners.</p><p class="">Here’s how it usually works:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">you purchase a template (either on your own, or through the designer)</p></li><li><p class="">you provide your content, images, and copy</p></li><li><p class="">the designer customizes the template to reflect your visual identity</p></li></ul><p class="">It can feel close to a custom site, but without the full custom price tag and timeline. As a general range, you can expect <strong>$1,500 to $3,500</strong>, depending on what’s included.</p><p class=""><strong><em>If you want a smaller, focused way to get expert eyes on your Squarespace site without a full custom design, </em></strong><a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/power-hour-consultation"><strong><em>a consultation can be a strong first step.</em></strong></a></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="4f95d6e7-3248-4424-a62e-a736d6171fb9" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Questions to Shift Your Thinking</strong></span></h2><p class="">One mindset shift aligned with your business goals makes this decision much clearer.</p><p class=""><strong>Stop asking:</strong> “Can I afford a designer?”<br><strong>Start asking </strong>questions that connect directly to your business growth and your real capacity right now:</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Can I afford not to have a professional web designer</strong> if my site is holding me back?</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>What is my time worth</strong>, and is this the best use of it?</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Will DIY give me confidence to implement my digital marketing strategy</strong>, or will I keep avoiding marketing because I’m not proud of the site?</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Am I DIY-ing because it’s the right choice</strong>, or because I’m scared to invest in myself and my business?</p></li></ol><p class="">Those answers usually tell you what you need to know.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="d04dcf2c-5aa4-4023-a5a2-57e06380ae9a" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>My Honest Recommendation</strong></span></h2><p class="">If you’re just starting out and testing your business concept, DIY is a solid choice, though e-commerce ventures might require more than a simple DIY site. Get something up. Validate your idea. Learn what it’s like to own a website, and start serving clients.</p><p class="">If you’re an established business and your current website is holding you back, particularly due to a lack of technical expertise, it may be time to invest. That might mean a full custom build, or it might mean one of the middle-ground options. Either way, the ROI you can gain in time, confidence, and conversions often pays for itself.</p><p class="">There’s <strong>no shame</strong> in any path. DIY, middle ground, or hiring a professional web designer all count as smart choices when they match what you need right now.</p><h2><strong>Conclusion</strong></h2><p class="">If you’re stuck between DIY website design vs. hiring a Web Designer, come back to one simple filter: <strong><em>is your website supporting your business, or slowing it down?</em></strong> </p><p class="">DIY can be perfect for building your own website in the early stage, and hiring support can be the right move once your site needs to perform at a higher level. </p><p class="">After weighing the pros and cons, <strong>the best choice is the one that gives you confidence in your online presence to show up, share your link, and keep moving forward.  </strong></p><p class="">If you decide hiring is the next step, <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/questions-before-hiring-a-web-designer">use this as guide to know what questions to ask a web designer before you hire them.</a></p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  



<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1767471390275-RPAFODKDBZ53I0BJ8HAX/Diy+v+Hire+Feature.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">DIY vs Hiring a Web Designer: When to Save vs When to Invest</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>5 Web Designer Red Flags To Spot Early (+ Green Flags Too!)</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Website Design</category><category>Business Tips</category><category>Confident Client Series</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 02 Jan 2026 15:03:00 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/web-designer-red-flags</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:693c806700d950788dcb90d9</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large">If you think hiring a web designer is just about finding someone who can make a pretty website, think again. The wrong fit can cost you time, money, and a lot of stress that you do not need.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">This post is part of my <strong><em>Confident Client Series,</em></strong> where I help you make confident, informed decisions about your website. I'm Meg, a Squarespace web designer and SEO specialist, and for this series I serve as your Confidence Catalyst. My goal is to help you bridge the gap between your expertise and your website so you can show up confidently online, whether you work with me or with someone else.</p>


  




  




<iframe allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/WIZ-j5ezPiU?iv_load_policy=3&amp;showinfo=0&amp;wmode=opaque" width="560" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" type="text/html" height="315"></iframe>




  
  <p class="sqsrte-large">In this article, I’m walking you through five major web designer red flags to watch for, plus the green flags that signal you may have found someone you actually want to work with. We’ll talk about things like process, contracts, communication, promises, portfolios, and more, so you can feel clear about what to look for before you sign a contract.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">If you prefer to watch or listen, you can watch this episode as part of the <a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLkn-QCscr5jxxkMIlv9p6mOuBR-1OGC1n" target="_blank">Confident Client Series on my YouTube channel.</a></p>


  




  




  
    

  <h3>What You'll Learn in This Article</h3>
  
    
  





  


  
    
  
  <h2><span data-text-attribute-id="1e6f5cd3-4d7b-4cd5-a2ee-3b30c06c61cc" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Why These Web Designer Red Flags Matter</strong></span></h2><p class="">Spotting red flags when hiring a web designer is a significant investment. It is not just about having a pretty website. <strong>It is about finding a designer or web design agency that understands your goals, respects your time and budget, and communicates clearly.</strong></p><p class="">If you know what to look for, you can:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Avoid messy projects that drag on for months</p></li><li><p class="">Protect your money and your energy</p></li><li><p class="">Feel confident signing a contract and starting a website redesign or build</p></li></ul><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="9bd2b1a1-09a8-4b73-8aeb-3c2d3b3da238" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Red Flag 1: No Clear Process or Timeline</strong></span></h2><p class="">If a designer can’t clearly explain their process or timeline, that is a big problem.</p><p class=""><strong>You should be able to ask, and get clear answers to:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">What happens when?</p></li><li><p class="">What is my role in the process?</p></li><li><p class="">How long does each phase take?</p></li><li><p class="">What is the overall timeline from signing a contract to launching my site?</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>You also deserve to know the major milestones, such as:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">When strategy or planning happens</p></li><li><p class="">When the first design draft is due</p></li><li><p class="">When you give feedback</p></li><li><p class="">When revisions happen</p></li><li><p class="">What the target launch date is</p></li></ul><p class="">Another important piece is <strong><em>what happens if you are delayed.</em></strong> If you are late with your content, images, or feedback, what does that do to the timeline? Does your project get paused, rescheduled, or incur fees? If a designer can’t, or won’t, articulate any of this, creating a vague timeline, that is a major red flag.</p><h3><strong>Green flag: A clear, realistic process</strong></h3><p class="">A green flag here is a designer who:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Provides a detailed project timeline</p></li><li><p class="">Explains each phase of the project in plain language</p></li><li><p class="">Sets clear expectations for your role and theirs</p></li><li><p class="">Builds in buffer time for real life delays through strong project management processes</p></li></ul><p class="">You should walk away from the initial call or proposal knowing <em>exactly</em> what to expect, not guessing how things will go.</p><p class=""><br></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="447d42b9-73ef-4363-a3e8-2451a78f4a2f" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Red Flag 2: Vague (or Missing) Contract</strong></span></h2><p class="">If there is no contract at all, it is time to move on.</p><p class="">If the contract exists but is very vague about key pieces, that shows a <strong>lack of transparency</strong> and is a red flag. You want the contract to clearly outline:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Deliverables</p></li><li><p class="">Timeline</p></li><li><p class="">Payment terms</p></li><li><p class="">How many rounds of revisions are included</p></li><li><p class="">What happens if someone needs to cancel</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Contracts are not just there to protect the designer. They protect clients, too.</strong> They should be detailed and clear, and you should be able to ask questions about anything you do not understand.</p><p class="">If a contract glosses over the important parts, or leaves you feeling unsure of what you are actually getting, that is not a good sign.</p><h3><strong>Green flag: A comprehensive, clear agreement</strong></h3><p class="">The green flag version of this is a designer who has a comprehensive contract that spells out:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Scope of work and exactly what is included</p></li><li><p class="">Deliverables for your website</p></li><li><p class="">Payment schedule and terms, including maintenance fees</p></li><li><p class="">Project schedule and deadlines</p></li><li><p class="">Revision policy and what counts as a “round.”</p></li><li><p class="">Cancellation terms on both sides</p></li><li><p class="">Ownership rights for your site and content</p></li><li><p class="">Post-launch support and what happens after launch</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>You should never feel confused about what you’re agreeing to.</em></strong> A solid designer will welcome your questions and be happy to explain or clarify anything in the contract.</p><p class=""><br></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="b32d8edc-71a1-43b3-b6d3-4d981bb9158c" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Red Flag 3: Promises That Sound Too Good To Be True</strong></span></h2><p class="">If it sounds too good to be true, it probably is.</p><p class="">Some examples of this:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><em>“I’ll get you to page one of Google in 30 days.”</em></p></li><li><p class=""><em>“We’ll 5x your revenue in six months.”</em></p></li><li><p class=""><em>“We’ll fix your low conversions in three months.”</em></p></li></ul><p class="">If someone is making <strong>unrealistic guarantees about results they do not control</strong>, they are either very naive, or worse, very manipulative. Neither one is good.</p><p class="">Your designer cannot guarantee results like rankings, revenue, or conversion rates. <strong><em>They can influence those things with good strategy and best practices, but they cannot control them.</em></strong></p><p class="">If they are promising big, specific outcomes they cannot control, that is a major web designer red flag.</p><h3><strong>Green flag: Honest, realistic expectations</strong></h3><p class="">A strong green flag is a designer who:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Sets realistic expectations about what a website can do</p></li><li><p class="">Explains what is in their control versus what is not</p></li><li><p class="">Focuses on best practices instead of promises</p></li><li><p class="">Talks about your website as one part of your overall business strategy, not a magic solution to every problem</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>You want someone who will be honest with you and who frames your website as a strategic tool, not a miracle worker.</em></strong> Spotting red flags like these upfront protects your project from poor outcomes.</p><p class=""><br></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="859d211b-df4a-4000-8e92-43cd0183a246" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Red Flag 4: Poor Communication or Unavailability</strong></span></h2><p class="">Communication from a designer before you book is often how they will communicate once you have paid them.</p><p class="">Red flags in this area include:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Very slow responses during the sales process</p></li><li><p class="">Taking days to answer simple questions</p></li><li><p class="">Feeling like they are hard to reach or uninterested in talking with you</p></li></ul><p class="">If that is happening <em>before</em> you sign and pay, it will likely not get better during the project.</p><p class=""><strong>You also want to watch for how they communicate. </strong>Some warning signs:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Talking over your head and using jargon without explaining</p></li><li><p class="">Giving vague answers instead of clear ones</p></li><li><p class="">Dismissing your questions</p></li><li><p class="">Making you feel dumb for asking</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>You deserve to feel respected and informed, not talked down to.</em></strong></p><h3><strong>Green flag: Clear, consistent Communication</strong></h3><p class="">A green flag designer will:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Provide consistent, clear communication</p></li><li><p class="">Respond within their stated timeframe, often within 1 to 2 business days</p></li><li><p class="">Explain things in plain language</p></li><li><p class="">Welcome your questions</p></li><li><p class="">Make you feel heard and never stupid for asking</p></li></ul><p class="">They show up as professional and approachable at the same time.</p><p class=""><br></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="732c3ccc-4353-4b19-b271-9adc926e0604" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Red Flag 5: No Portfolio or Questionable Testimonials</strong></span></h2><p class="">Your designer should be able to show you examples of their work.</p><p class="">If they have no portfolio at all, that is concerning, unless they are very new and honest with you about that.</p><p class="">If they do have a portfolio but:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Every site looks the same</p></li><li><p class="">The work feels generic</p></li><li><p class="">It looks like templated designs</p></li><li><p class="">Sites in the portfolio rely on outdated technologies</p></li><li><p class="">It does not show the type of project you actually need</p></li></ul><p class="">that should also give you pause.</p><p class="">Testimonials matter too. If they have <strong>no testimonials or reviews</strong>, or if the testimonials they do have are very generic, like:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><em>“Great to work with.”</em></p></li><li><p class=""><em>“Highly recommend.”</em></p></li></ul><p class="">that does not tell you much about the experience or results.</p><h3><strong>Green flag: Strong, specific proof</strong></h3><p class="">You want to see:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">A portfolio with enough projects to understand their style and range</p></li><li><p class="">Custom work and projects similar to what you need, including examples of responsive design and competence in the mobile experience</p></li><li><p class="">Detailed testimonials that talk about process, communication, or specific results</p></li></ul><p class="">They do not need dozens and dozens of sites, but they should have enough for you to see whether their work aligns with what you are looking for.</p><p class=""><strong>Bonus points if they have:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Case studies that walk through a project</p></li><li><p class="">Video testimonials</p></li><li><p class="">A willingness to connect you with past clients, so you can hear about their experience directly</p></li></ul><p class=""><br></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="64c0d355-7071-43cd-83d4-1c238e6bc897" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Bonus Red Flags To Watch For</strong></span></h2><p class="">Those are the five big ones, but there are <strong><em>a few extra warning signs</em></strong> that are helpful to keep in mind.</p><h3><strong>Pressure tactics</strong></h3><p class="">Pressure tactics often signal a lack of transparency. If someone says things like:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><em>“This price is only good for a few days.”</em></p></li><li><p class=""><em>“I’ve got one spot left, you need to decide now.”</em></p></li></ul><p class="">Now, maybe it is true, but it can also feel manipulative. In those situations, trust your gut. You should not feel rushed into hiring someone.</p><h3><strong>No discovery process</strong></h3><p class="">If they can quote you for a project without asking any detailed questions about:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Your business</p></li><li><p class="">Your goals</p></li><li><p class="">Your audience</p></li><li><p class="">Your needs</p></li></ul><p class="">they are not being strategic. It suggests they are selling a one-size-fits-all solution instead of tailoring the work to you.</p><h3><strong>No talk about content</strong></h3><p class="">If they do not ask about, or discuss:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Who is handling your copywriting</p></li><li><p class="">Where your images are coming from</p></li><li><p class="">What content you already have</p></li></ul><p class="">that sets both of you up for problems. Content is a big part of a website, and ignoring it early in the process is a red flag.</p><h3><strong>Talking negatively about past clients</strong></h3><p class="">If a designer talks negatively about past clients, pay attention.</p><p class=""><strong><em>How they talk about clients is how they may talk about you later. </em></strong>That is something worth considering.</p><h3><strong>Not asking about your budget</strong></h3><p class="">Ideally, a designer has pricing on their website, so you already have a sense of whether they are in your range.</p><p class="">Even so, a good designer will still be curious about your budget. They will want to make sure their services and your investment level can align.</p><p class="">If money never comes up, or if they seem uninterested in whether this is a good financial fit for you, that is another little red flag.</p><p class=""><br></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="9e3a24cb-63fd-4e4d-a510-d6213acff3bb" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Green Flags: Signs You’ve Found a Great Web Designer</strong></span></h2><p class="">Now for the fun part: the positive signs.</p><p class="">Here are some of the green flags that signal you have an excellent designer on your hands.</p><p class=""><strong>A great designer will:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Have a thorough discovery process with thoughtful questions</p></li><li><p class="">Be genuinely curious about your business goals, your offers, and your audience</p></li><li><p class="">Educate you throughout the process instead of keeping you in the dark</p></li><li><p class="">Give you your “homework” and hold you accountable to it</p></li><li><p class="">Always explain the <em>why</em> behind their recommendations</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>They will also be honest with you when:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">The designer challenges ideas if something you want will not serve your business</p></li><li><p class="">A design choice might hurt user experience, SEO, or conversions</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>They will talk about a strategic approach, not just aesthetics, focused on long-term value.</strong> You will hear them mention things like:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">SEO</p></li><li><p class="">User experience (UX)</p></li><li><p class="">Conversion Rate Optimization (CRO)</p></li></ul><p class="">not just “It will look pretty.”</p><p class=""><strong>You will also see them:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Practice setting boundaries</p></li><li><p class="">Manage expectations clearly</p></li><li><p class="">Model the quality they promise through their own website and communication</p></li></ul><p class="">Their presence online should reflect the same level of care they want to bring to your project.</p><p class=""><br></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="ecb48697-e977-4a61-a914-f7565d8781ac" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Trusting Your Gut When You Hire a Web Designer</strong></span></h2><p class="">You can check every box on paper and still feel off about someone. That matters.</p><p class="">You’ll be working closely with your designer for weeks, maybe months. If you spot red flags such as:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">The vibe feels weird from the start</p></li><li><p class="">You do not feel heard</p></li><li><p class="">Something just is not sitting right</p></li></ul><p class="">you need to listen to that.</p><p class="">Clients rely on a good working relationship that includes:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Trust</p></li><li><p class="">Clear communication</p></li><li><p class="">Mutual respect</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>If those are not present at the beginning, they will not magically appear later.</strong></p><p class=""><br></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="d44a2280-467f-490c-b43a-13c9d0de22e7" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Wrapping Up: You Deserve a Professional, Strategic Partner</strong></span></h2><p class="">Hiring a professional designer is a big step and a meaningful investment. Taking the time to spot both red flags and green flags early will save you money, time, and stress later.</p><p class="">You deserve to work with a designer or web design agency that is:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Professional</p></li><li><p class="">Communicative</p></li><li><p class="">Strategic</p></li><li><p class="">Genuinely invested in your success</p></li><li><p class="">Committed to post-launch support</p></li></ul><p class="">Now that you know what to look for, you are much better equipped to choose the right partner to build your website. If you’d like to learn more on this topic be sure to check out this post from the series: <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/questions-before-hiring-a-web-designer" target="">10 Questions to Ask Before Hiring a Web Designer</a>.</p><p class="">In the next installment of the Confident Client Series, I'm talking about DIY-ing your website build versus hiring a designer, and how to figure out which path is actually right for you.&nbsp;</p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  



<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1765572747234-QCPNMJ9W8KMJ72OZPN8U/5+Red+Flags+Feature.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">5 Web Designer Red Flags To Spot Early (+ Green Flags Too!)</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>Post-Launch Website Support Options with Your Web Designer</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Website Design</category><category>Business Tips</category><category>Confident Client Series</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 26 Dec 2025 15:03:00 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/post-launch-website-support</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:693c7cce771dc340a9a90ea4</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large">Welcome to the <a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLkn-QCscr5jxxkMIlv9p6mOuBR-1OGC1n" target="_blank"><strong><em>Confident Client Series</em></strong></a>. I‘m Meg, a Squarespace web designer and search engine optimization (SEO) specialist, and I like to think of myself as your Confidence Catalyst for this journey.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">This series is all about helping you make confident, informed decisions about your website so you can bridge the gap between your expertise and your online presence and show up confidently online.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">In this installment, I am talking about post-launch website support and what happens after you launch your website with a web designer. Your website launch day is exciting, but it is not the end of the story. It is really the start of a new phase in your website journey.</p><p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>In this post, I walk you through:</strong></p>


  




  





<iframe allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/9IH3J0oHX7Q?controls=0&amp;iv_load_policy=3&amp;showinfo=0&amp;wmode=opaque" width="560" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" type="text/html" height="315"></iframe>




  
  <ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="sqsrte-large">What to expect in your post-launch support period</p></li><li><p class="sqsrte-large">How training typically works so you can manage your own site</p></li><li><p class="sqsrte-large">Common ongoing support models after that initial window</p></li><li><p class="sqsrte-large">What is worth paying for and what you can handle yourself</p></li><li><p class="sqsrte-large">When to bring your designer back in for expert help</p></li><li><p class="sqsrte-large">Key questions to ask about post-launch support before you hire a designer</p></li></ul><p class="sqsrte-large">By the time you finish reading (or watching), you’ll know exactly what to expect after your site goes live.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">If you prefer to watch or listen, you can <a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLkn-QCscr5jxxkMIlv9p6mOuBR-1OGC1n" target="_blank"><span>follow the series on my YouTube channel.</span></a></p>


  




  




  
    

  <h3>What You'll Learn in This Article</h3>
  
    
  





  


  
    
  
  <h2><span data-text-attribute-id="f5093cdb-9fb5-42ab-b6cc-932772ecc53b" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Post-Launch Is Not The End, It Is The Start Of A New Phase</strong></span></h2><p class="">A lot of people worry about what happens after the website launch when their site is live and they are suddenly on their own. That worry is valid. Your website is an important part of your business, and you do not want to feel stranded with something you do not feel ready to manage.</p><p class="">Here is the good news. A good professional designer is not just going to hand you the keys and disappear. You should not be left high and dry and confused.</p><p class="">Most designers will offer you some combination of:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">A post-launch website support period</p></li><li><p class="">Training on how to use and update your site</p></li><li><p class="">Documentation or guides</p></li><li><p class="">Options for ongoing support after that initial window</p></li></ul><p class="">The details will vary from designer to designer, but you should always be left with <em>something</em> that helps you feel supported in this new phase for long-term success.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="de694765-5f7a-45ee-b59a-0ed54541ccac" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Your Initial Post-Launch Website Support Period</strong></span></h2><p class="">Most designers build a post-launch website support period right into their website packages. Think of this like a short warranty period for your site.</p><p class="">For many designers, this looks like <strong>around 30 days of complimentary support</strong> after your site goes live. Some will offer a few weeks instead, but the idea is the same.</p><p class="">During this time, your designer is there to help you get your feet under you.</p><h3><strong>What The Support Period Usually Covers</strong></h3><p class="">During this support window, you can typically expect help with things like:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Bug fixes or technical issues and errors</p></li><li><p class="">Fixing anything that is not working as it should</p></li><li><p class="">Answering questions as you start clicking around behind the scenes</p></li><li><p class="">Helping you figure out how to do specific tasks on your site</p></li></ul><p class="">The focus is on <em>ensuring everything works as intended</em> based on what you launched with, and helping you feel more comfortable inside your site.</p><p class="">This period is <strong>not</strong> usually meant for big new changes, extra features, or feature requests that were not part of your original project.</p><p class="">You can think of it this way:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">✔️ Covered: Fixing broken links, adjusting something that is glitchy, clarifying how to update a section</p></li><li><p class="">✔️ Covered: Answering “how do I update this?” questions so you can manage things yourself</p></li><li><p class="">❌ Not covered: Adding a whole new page or offer that was not in the original scope</p></li><li><p class="">❌  Not covered: Redesigning sections or adding brand new functionality</p></li></ul><p class="">The goal is to support what you already launched, not to start a second project.</p><h3><strong>Why This Support Window Matters</strong></h3><p class="">This support period matters because it gives you a safe space to ask questions while everything is still fresh. You can click around, try some updates, and know that if you break something or get confused, you have a direct line back to your designer.</p><p class="">It also helps your designer make sure their work is performing the way it should out in the real world, not just in their own browser.</p><p class="">Ask about your designer's availability and response times during this post-launch website support period. If a designer does not offer any kind of post-launch website support at all, that is something you will want to ask about and understand before you sign on.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="48ff271b-5720-4f7b-9ee9-2220323877a5" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Training Options To Help You Take Control Of Your Site</strong></span></h2><p class="">A big piece of feeling confident after launch is knowing <em>how</em> to handle CMS training and updates for your site. Designers handle this in different ways, but there are some common approaches you can expect.</p><h3><strong>Live One-On-One Training Sessions</strong></h3><p class="">Many designers offer a <strong>live training session</strong>, usually through a screen sharing call.</p><p class="">This is often:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">A one-on-one call</p></li><li><p class="">Around 60 to 90 minutes long</p></li><li><p class="">Focused on the specific way your site is set up</p></li></ul><p class="">In this session, they will typically walk you through:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">The basics of updating your site</p></li><li><p class="">How to use the admin settings and handle basic content updates</p></li><li><p class="">How to swap out images</p></li><li><p class="">How to add blog posts</p></li><li><p class="">How to manage your services or products pages</p></li></ul><p class="">If your site includes anything special, like:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">A particular type of software</p></li><li><p class="">Custom code</p></li><li><p class="">Plugins and integrations</p></li></ul><p class="">your designer should cover how that works too.</p><p class="">Most designers will also record this training call and give you the recording. That way, you can refer back to it later when you forget where a certain setting lives or how to do a specific task.</p><p class="">In my own process, I do a lot of this training during our launch call on launch day itself, then hand over the recording as part of my post-launch support resources hub.</p><h3><strong>Video Tutorials, Guides, And Resource Libraries</strong></h3><p class="">Not every designer does training in the exact same way. In addition to, or instead of, a live training call, some designers will also offer:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Custom video tutorials recorded specifically for your website</p></li><li><p class="">PDF guides that walk you through key tasks</p></li><li><p class="">Course-style tutorial libraries or step-by-step documentation</p></li></ul><p class="">Most of the time, you will see <strong>a mix</strong> of these options.</p><p class="">For example, a designer might:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Host a live training session at launch</p></li><li><p class="">Provide a library of written guides</p></li><li><p class="">Add short videos for any special features or custom setups on your site</p></li></ul><p class="">The idea is to give you the tools you need for effective content management and day-to-day updates without feeling lost.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="391b942b-16e6-42d0-bda0-61557773f7cf" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Ongoing Support Models After the Initial Period</strong></span></h2><p class="">Once that initial support window closes, you still have options if you want backup from your designer.</p><p class="">This is where ongoing support models come in. These options often build strong client relationships through long-term partnerships. Here are the most common ones you will see.</p><h3><strong>Retainer Packages</strong></h3><p class="">Retainer packages are a popular option if you know you will need ongoing help.</p><p class="">With a retainer package:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You pay a monthly fee</p></li><li><p class="">You get a set number of hours per month</p></li><li><p class="">Your designer uses those hours for updates, tweaks, technical support, website optimization, speed and performance improvements, or even strategic guidance like data analysis</p></li></ul><p class="">This works well if:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Your website needs regular updates</p></li><li><p class="">You want priority access to your designer</p></li><li><p class="">You would rather hand off tasks instead of DIYing them</p></li><li><p class="">You need help ensuring compliance and web governance</p></li></ul><p class="">Typical ranges your designer might quote:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Roughly $200 to $500 per month<strong> </strong>for many retainers</p></li><li><p class="">Some can go higher, into the thousands, depending on what is included and how much access you get</p></li></ul><p class="">The exact setup will depend on your designer, so if this sounds appealing, it is something to talk about directly with them.</p><h3><strong>A La Carte Or Support Ticket Style Help</strong></h3><p class="">Another common model is more of an a la carte support menu.</p><p class="">In this setup:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You reach out whenever you need help often through a support ticket request</p></li><li><p class="">The designer quotes you for that specific task</p></li><li><p class="">You pay either a flat fee for the task or by the hour</p></li></ul><p class="">This usually works well if:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Your site is fairly static most of the time</p></li><li><p class="">You only need occasional help</p></li><li><p class="">You want flexibility instead of a monthly commitment</p></li></ul><p class="">Hourly rates often fall somewhere in the $50 to $150 per hour range, depending on the designer and how they structure their support.</p><h3><strong>Annual Website Maintenance Packages</strong></h3><p class="">Some designers offer annual website maintenance packages.</p><p class="">These work similarly to retainers, but instead of paying monthly, you:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Pay once per year for an annual subscription</p></li><li><p class="">Typically receive more value than a month-to-month plan, since it is a longer-term commitment that includes security updates, website monitoring, and even legal compliance checks</p></li></ul><p class="">This model can be a good fit if you know you want someone to keep an eye on your site over the long term, you value preventative care and proactive maintenance, and you like the idea of bundling that into one yearly investment for website uptime peace of mind.</p><h3><strong>DIY With Email Support</strong></h3><p class="">There is also a lighter-touch option that some designers offer, which is basically DIY with email support.</p><p class="">In this setup:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You keep doing your own updates</p></li><li><p class="">You can email your designer questions</p></li><li><p class="">They reply by email within a certain timeframe, often 24 to 48 hours</p></li></ul><p class="">You are still in charge of making the actual changes, but you get expert guidance and reassurance when you are not sure about something.&nbsp;</p><p class="">This option is less common after your complimentary support period ends, because while most designers don’t mind answering a quick question here and there, support takes time and should be compensated.</p><h3><strong>Quick Comparison Of Common Support Models</strong></h3><p class="">Here is a simple comparison of the models I just walked through, based on what I commonly see designers offer:</p>


  




  



&nbsp;
  
    <!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
  
</head>
<body>
  <table>
    <thead>
      <tr>
        <th>Support Model</th>
        <th>How It Works</th>
        <th>Typical Cost Range</th>
        <th>Best For</th>
      </tr>
    </thead>
    <tbody>
      <tr>
        <td>Retainer package</td>
        <td>Monthly hours for updates and support</td>
        <td>About $200 to $500+, varies</td>
        <td>Frequent updates and priority access</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>A la carte / support call</td>
        <td>Pay per task or per hour as needed</td>
        <td>About $50 to $150 per hour</td>
        <td>Occasional help without a monthly commitment</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>Annual maintenance</td>
        <td>Prepaid yearly subscription for ongoing care</td>
        <td>Varies by designer</td>
        <td>Long-term peace of mind with a yearly plan</td>
      </tr>
      <tr>
        <td>DIY with email support</td>
        <td>You do the work, designer answers questions by email</td>
        <td>Varies, usually lower cost</td>
        <td>Confident DIYers who want a safety net</td>
      </tr>
    </tbody>
  </table>
</body>
</html>
  

&nbsp;
  
    
  
  <h2><span data-text-attribute-id="96e7255a-fda5-4f56-a05c-5d5a226a3501" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Choosing The Right Support For You</strong></span></h2><p class="">So what is worth paying for in website maintenance, and what makes sense to do yourself? Choosing the right support is essential for business growth, and that really depends on you, your business, and how you like to work.</p><p class="">Some people are very comfortable inside the backend of their site and only need minimal help. Others would rather stay far away from tech and hand off as much as possible.</p><p class="">Here is how I typically see it break down based on what I talked about in this episode.</p><h3><strong>When A Retainer Might Make Sense</strong></h3><p class="">A retainer can be a great fit if:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Your website is central to your business operations</p></li><li><p class="">You change or update content frequently</p></li><li><p class="">Your services shift often</p></li><li><p class="">You are blogging or publishing new content on a regular basis</p></li><li><p class="">You do not have the time or desire to DIY</p></li></ul><p class="">You also probably value priority access to your designer and like knowing that when you hand something off, it will get taken care of.</p><h3><strong>When A La Carte Support Fits Better</strong></h3><p class="">A la carte support might work better if:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Your site is fairly static most of the time</p></li><li><p class="">You are comfortable handling basic updates yourself</p></li><li><p class="">You only occasionally need expert help</p></li><li><p class="">You want flexibility without a monthly or annual commitment</p></li></ul><p class="">You still have backup when you need it, but you are not paying for support every month if you rarely use it.</p><h3><strong>When Annual Maintenance Is The Right Choice</strong></h3><p class="">Annual maintenance packages make sense when:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You want complete peace of mind that your site is being looked after</p></li><li><p class="">You value proactive maintenance more than reactive fixes</p></li></ul><p class="">Instead of waiting for something to break, you like knowing someone has a long-term eye on things. This helps maintain a smooth user experience (UX).</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="850a6524-9c3b-47c6-b435-f3a0a2acec91" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>What You Can (And Probably Should) Learn To Do Yourself</strong></span></h2><p class="">Squarespace, and similar platforms, are designed so that you <em>can</em> handle your own content management for most of your day-to-day tasks, especially after a solid CMS training and updates session with your designer.</p><p class="">After training, you should reasonably be able to perform content updates such as:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Update text on your pages</p></li><li><p class="">Swap out images</p></li><li><p class="">Add and manage blog posts</p></li><li><p class="">Update your services or products pages</p></li><li><p class="">Maintain your contact forms</p></li><li><p class="">Add new basic pages when you need them</p></li></ul><p class="">If, after training, you still feel like you cannot handle any of these basics, that might be a sign that:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">The training you received was not very clear or thorough, or</p></li><li><p class="">You simply do not want to be doing this kind of work, which is valid too</p></li></ul><p class="">In that case, you may want to consider more ongoing support, or a setup where your designer handles more of these tasks for you.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="ae561b4b-dde5-4498-b845-75584a80fb9e" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>When To Call Your Designer For Expert Help</strong></span></h2><p class="">There are also times where bringing your designer back in is the right move, even if you are comfortable with the basics.</p><p class="">You will want to call on your designer or web developers when you are dealing with things like:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Technical issues and errors</p></li><li><p class="">Custom code that requires more advanced skills</p></li><li><p class="">Security updates</p></li><li><p class="">Major changes that impact site speed and performance</p></li><li><p class="">Major design changes that significantly alter the user experience (UX)</p></li><li><p class="">Updates that affect your overall search engine optimization (SEO) strategy and search engine rankings, if they offer SEO support</p></li><li><p class="">Plugins and integrations</p></li></ul><p class="">If it feels major, such as during major website optimization efforts, if it affects the structure of your site, or if you simply do not feel confident, that is a good time to reach out.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="635e4ca8-96d8-439e-a0e6-3769cb5cfe9d" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Questions To Ask Your Designer About Post-Launch Website Support</strong></span></h2><p class="">You do not need to guess at what your post-launch experience will look like. You can ask clear questions about it right at the beginning, during your discovery call or consultation. This process helps build strong client relationships from the start.</p><p class="">Here are some questions I recommend asking before you hire a designer:</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>What is included in your post-launch support, and how long does that support period last?</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>What kind of training do you offer, and in what formats?</strong> (Live call, video tutorials, written guides, or a mix.)</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>What ongoing support options do you offer after the initial post-launch period is over?</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>What are your typical response times for support requests?</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>What tasks should I be able to handle myself after training, and when should I reach out to you instead?</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Do you offer priority support for clients who are on a retainer?</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Do you employ specialist web developers for post-launch issues?</strong></p></li></ol><p class="">If you want to go deeper on this, I also have an entire breakdown of 10 key questions to ask before hiring a web designer, which expands on this topic and helps you feel prepared for that first conversation:<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/questions-before-hiring-a-web-designer" target=""> Key questions to ask before hiring a web designer</a>.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="19208d12-4e15-4f6a-beb8-a2a5a169b0ce" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Key Takeaways And Next Steps</strong></span></h2><p class=""><strong><em>The big takeaway here is that a good professional designer wants you to feel empowered and confident managing your site on your own</em></strong>, but they also want to be available when you need expert help.</p><p class="">Designers put a lot of time, effort, and heart into building your website. We take pride in that work, and we want to see it maintained with ongoing website maintenance, supported, and continuing to perform well for long-term success long after launch.</p><p class="">You should not feel abandoned when your website launches, but you also should not feel like you are 100 percent dependent on your designer for every tiny update. The goal is to find that sweet spot where:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You handle the day-to-day basics with confidence</p></li><li><p class="">You have clear options for post-launch website support when you want backup</p></li></ul><p class="">Now that you have a clear picture of what happens after you launch your website with a web designer and how ongoing support often works, the next installment in this series is all about <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/web-designer-red-flags"><strong>red flags and green flags</strong></a> to watch for when you are hiring a designer in the first place.</p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  



<hr />
  
    <center></center>]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1765572531700-VWHMA0CW2V5F7Q017P19/Post+Launch+Support+Feature.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">Post-Launch Website Support Options with Your Web Designer</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>Custom Squarespace Website Cost: What You Pay For And Why</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Business Tips</category><category>Website Design</category><category>Confident Client Series</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 19 Dec 2025 15:02:00 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/custom-squarespace-website-cost</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:69386833c46809490710fbef</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large">If you have ever wondered about the cost when a custom Squarespace website quote comes in at $3,000, $5,000, or $10k or more, this guide is for you. It can be hard to see where that investment goes, and a lot of the important work happens behind the scenes.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">This post is part of my <strong><em>Confident Client Series</em></strong>, where I help you make confident, informed decisions about your website. I’m Meg, a Squarespace web designer and SEO specialist, and I consider myself your <em>Confidence Catalyst</em> for this series, because my goal is to bridge the gap between your expertise and your online presence. I am not here to convince you to work with me specifically. I am here to give you clarity so you can move forward with confidence, whether you hire me or another designer.</p><p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>In this guide, I walk you through what pricing actually covers</strong>. We will look at strategy, web design and user experience, content and copy support, the technical build, revisions, training and launch support, and project management. I will also touch on your ongoing Squarespace subscription and how custom work compares to using a template.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">By the end, you should understand where your investment is going, what is included in a true custom project, how pricing ranges are shaped, and what red flags to watch for so you can feel more confident about your next step.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">If you prefer to watch or listen, you can <a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLkn-QCscr5jxxkMIlv9p6mOuBR-1OGC1n" target="_blank"><span>follow the series on my YouTube channel.</span></a></p>


  




  




  
     

  <h3>What You'll Learn in This Article</h3>
  
    
  





  



<iframe allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/-tMW7YOXLeY?controls=0&amp;iv_load_policy=3&amp;wmode=opaque" width="560" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" type="text/html" height="315"></iframe>




  
    
  
  <h2><span data-text-attribute-id="c01d0f60-058d-4792-82b4-703186b196ad" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>The 7 Major Cost Components Of Your Investment</strong></span></h2><p class="">When you hire a Professional Squarespace designer for a Custom Squarespace site, your investment typically gets divided across these areas:</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Discovery and strategy</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Design and user experience</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Content and copywriting support</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Technical build and implementation</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Revisions and refinement</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Training and launch support</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Project management</strong></p></li></ol><p class="">I will walk through each one so you can see what is happening behind the scenes.</p><h2><strong>1. Discovery &amp; Strategy</strong></h2><p class=""><strong>Discovery and strategy happen</strong> <strong>before any design work starts</strong>. This is where your web designers get to know you, your business, and your goals so they are not guessing when they open up Squarespace and start building your website. A thorough strategy here also helps define the overall timeline and project duration.</p><p class="">This stage usually includes things like:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Questionnaires to gather details about your business and brand</p></li><li><p class="">One or more discovery or strategy calls</p></li><li><p class="">Planning the customer journey through your pages</p></li><li><p class="">Mapping out your new site</p></li><li><p class="">SEO research and strategy</p></li></ul><p class="">Here we look at your business goals, your audience, your brand, and your competitors. <strong><em>The goal is to build a strong foundation so the site will actually support your small business's goals, rather than just looking nice on the surface.</em></strong></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><strong>2. Design &amp; User Experience</strong></h2><p class=""><strong>Once the strategy and branding are clear, the web design starts.</strong></p><p class="">In this phase, your designer is creating:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Custom page layouts</p></li><li><p class="">A clear visual hierarchy so visitors know where to look first</p></li><li><p class="">A design that works well on mobile devices, not just desktop</p></li></ul><p class="">Your expert designer makes intentional choices about:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Typography</p></li><li><p class="">Color palette</p></li><li><p class="">Imagery</p></li><li><p class="">Spacing and layout</p></li></ul><p class="">Every little visual decision is made on purpose to support your content and your goals. You will see these design options presented for your feedback and approval, so you can help shape the final result.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><strong>3. Content &amp; Copywriting</strong></h2><p class="">Content and copy are a big part of how your site performs.</p><p class="">Depending on your designer and the package you choose, this part of your custom Squarespace website project may include:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Copywriting for key pages</p></li><li><p class="">Copy editing for content you provide</p></li><li><p class="">SEO keyword research and content strategy</p></li><li><p class="">Guidance on how to structure your content</p></li><li><p class="">Help sourcing stock imagery and other visual elements</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>Even if your designer is not fully writing your copy or sourcing your website photos, a good one will guide you on what type of content your site needs and options for where and how to get it.</em></strong></p><p class="">If you want to go deeper into SEO setup on Squarespace in general, I also have a separate tutorial-style guide on<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/squarespace-seo-settings-tutorial" target=""> how to set up your Squarespace website for SEO success</a>, but for this project cost breakdown, just know that some level of strategy or basic setup can be part of the package.</p><p class="">Keep in mind that anything not provided by you or included in your designer's package may require contracting an outside Professional Agency or additional vendors to create that content. That will impact your Timeline / Project duration and your total website cost. Such professional services will likely add thousands to your total website design costs.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><strong>4. Technical Build &amp; Implementation</strong></h2><p class="">This is the part most people picture when they think of web design, but it is really the build stage where strategy turns into a real site.</p><p class="">Here your web developer is:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Building out the number of pages in Squarespace</p></li><li><p class="">Adding any custom code or plugins needed for custom features and functionality</p></li><li><p class="">Integrating third-party tools like e-commerce setup, scheduling software, or email service providers</p></li><li><p class="">Setting up your basic SEO settings</p></li><li><p class="">Configuring forms so inquiries go where they should</p></li><li><p class="">Connecting analytics so you can track performance</p></li><li><p class="">Testing to make sure everything works and flows properly</p></li><li><p class="">Viewing your website on various screen sizes to ensure it's mobile responsive</p></li></ul><p class="">They click all the buttons, test every form, and make sure links and flows behave the way they should. Many of the problems they solve here are things you might not even know could go wrong until something breaks. This is a big part of the value in hiring someone who does this all the time.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><strong>5. Revisions &amp; Refinement</strong></h2><p class="">Most professional designers build revision rounds into their custom Squarespace packages.</p><p class=""><strong>Revisions are not just about fixing mistakes.</strong> They are about:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Getting your feedback on the design and layout</p></li><li><p class="">Fine-tuning details like spacing, imagery choices, and copy spots</p></li><li><p class="">Making sure the site matches what you discussed in strategy</p></li></ul><p class="">A common approach (and one I use) is to build the homepage first and present that to you. Once the homepage is approved and the overall style and structure feel right, then the rest of the pages (per the agreed number of pages) are built to match that design direction.</p><p class="">This process makes the project more efficient and keeps everyone aligned.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><strong>6. Training &amp; Launch Support</strong></h2><p class="">When your site is ready to launch, you should not be left staring at a new dashboard in your website platform with no idea what to do.</p><p class="">Your custom Squarespace website cost often includes some level of training and launch support, such as:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">One-on-one training sessions with your designer</p></li><li><p class="">A resource library or video tutorials</p></li><li><p class="">Written or video documentation tailored to your specific site, reflecting the designer's expertise</p></li><li><p class="">A post-launch support period</p></li></ul><p class="">If your site includes custom code, plugins, custom features and functionality, or specific software integrations, you should receive instructions on how to work with those later. You also want clarity on how to do basic tasks on the Squarespace platform, like editing text, swapping photos, or creating new pages.</p><p class="">Just as important, <strong><em>you should know how to get support after the initial support period ends.</em></strong> Even if that future help is a paid add-on, there should be a clear path so you are not stuck if something breaks or you get stuck trying to update something.</p><p class=""><strong>You do not want to be handed a site and left to figure everything out alone.</strong></p><p class=""><strong>Remember, we want you to feel confident at the end of this process!</strong></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><strong>7. Project Management</strong></h2><p class="">The last major piece is one many people forget to factor into the pricing.</p><p class="">Behind the scenes, your web developer is usually:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Managing timeline / project duration and milestones</p></li><li><p class="">Keeping communication organized</p></li><li><p class="">Gathering and tracking content and assets</p></li><li><p class="">Coordinating with any third-party vendors or tools</p></li><li><p class="">Learning about the specific software you need to integrate</p></li><li><p class="">Keeping you updated on what is due and what is coming next</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>They are wearing all the hats, so the project keeps moving rather than stalling.</strong></p><p class="">The real work is a lot of organizing and decision making that never shows up on the final website, and may seem transparent to you, but makes a huge difference in your experience over the course of your project. This project management heavily influences the final pricing structure and is part of the charge web designers include to deliver a smooth process.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="e1a006e4-ca69-41e5-aea9-9658a0f51471" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Additional Costs Beyond Your Designer</strong></span></h2><p class=""><strong>Your custom Squarespace website project quote does not include everything.</strong></p><p class="">On top of paying your designer, you will also pay Squarespace directly for <strong>hosting</strong>. That shows up as a recurring <strong>monthly or annual</strong> <strong>Squarespace subscription</strong> <strong>fee for your plan</strong>.</p><p class="">A few key points here:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">This fee is separate from your web designer's charge web designer</p></li><li><p class="">You pay it straight to the Squarespace platform, not your designer</p></li><li><p class="">You can choose monthly payments, but annual saves money over time <strong><em>(hint: if you work with a Squarespace Circle like me, we can also secure you a discount on the first year of your annual subscription!)</em></strong></p></li></ul><p class="">So when you look at overall cost, remember to factor in both the one-time (or project-based) design and the ongoing platform subscription.</p><p class="">Oh, and don't forget about your <strong>domain cost</strong> (this is your URL). You can get that from Squarespace, GoDaddy, Namecheap, etc., and it will run you around $10-$20 per year.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="a4db5b23-9547-4402-95f0-3e1054c2bd93" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Why Custom Squarespace Websites Cost More Than Templates</strong></span></h2><p class="">You might be wondering why a custom build is thousands of dollars when you can buy a template for a few hundred.</p><p class="">Templates can be great tools, and there are many strong ones out there. <strong>But here is the key difference:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">A template gives you a premade web design and general layouts for a DIY website. You are responsible for:</p></li><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Learning the Squarespace platform</p></li><li><p class="">Implementing the design</p></li><li><p class="">Doing your own SEO setup</p></li><li><p class="">Sourcing and structuring your content</p></li><li><p class="">Troubleshooting when things do not work</p></li></ul><li><p class="">A Custom Squarespace site is:</p></li><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Designed specifically for your brand and business goals</p></li><li><p class="">Structured to support your audience and customer journey</p></li><li><p class="">Implemented for you by a Squarespace web designer</p></li><li><p class="">Often paired with SEO support, content guidance, and training</p></li><li><p class="">Backed by a designer who is invested in your success</p></li></ul></ul><p class=""><strong>You can think of it like buying a dress off the rack versus having one tailored for you. <em>They might look similar on a hanger, but they do not fit or feel the same when you put them on.</em></strong></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="338acb0c-9254-4fee-b8df-66c9348ba18a" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>What You Are Really Paying For (Plus Typical Cost Ranges)</strong></span></h2><p class=""><strong>When you invest in a custom Squarespace website, you are not only paying for the hours spent inside the editor.</strong></p><p class=""><strong>You are investing in:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Your Squarespace web designer’s years of expertise</p></li><li><p class="">The peace of mind that things are set up correctly</p></li><li><p class="">The time you save by not wrestling with the platform yourself</p></li><li><p class="">Strategic thinking that helps your site actually support your business</p></li><li><p class="">A website that can help convert visitors into leads or clients</p></li></ul><p class="">Your Squarespace web designer has spent a lot of time building and refining that skill set so they can translate it into a site that works for you.</p><p class="">In terms of actual numbers, <strong>here is the general range you will often see:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Many custom Squarespace projects start around $2,500 to $3,000</p></li><li><p class="">A common average for a custom site is around $5,000</p></li><li><p class="">As complexity increases, it is very normal to see projects in the $10,000 to $20,000+ range</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Higher investments are especially common for:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">E-commerce setup</p></li><li><p class="">Custom features and functionality</p></li><li><p class="">Migrating large sites from other website builders to Squarespace</p></li><li><p class="">Projects that include SEO, copywriting, photography, or content sourcing</p></li><li><p class="">Ongoing support or retainer-style add-ons</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Final pricing is shaped by things like:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">How complex your website needs to be</p></li><li><p class="">Your business needs and goals</p></li><li><p class="">Your designer’s experience level</p></li><li><p class="">The project timeline</p></li><li><p class="">How many extra services are bundled in</p></li></ul><p class="">So if you see a wide range when you start comparing options, that is why.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="9c7aeac6-cd9e-4f62-bbe8-75dda61912e2" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Pricing Red Flags To Watch For</strong></span></h2><p class="">When you are comparing costs across designers for custom Squarespace sites, it helps to spot a few red flags.</p><h3><strong>When It Seems Too Cheap</strong></h3><p class="">If a quote feels surprisingly low, ask yourself:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Are they a junior designer skipping strategy or discovery?</p></li><li><p class="">Is any copywriting or SEO work included, or will you be on your own?</p></li><li><p class="">Is the site actually custom, or are they quickly reusing the same template for everyone? Check their portfolio to assess the quality of past work.</p></li><li><p class="">Will they support you after launch, or will you be left on your own?</p></li></ul><p class="">Low prices can sometimes mean corners are being cut in places that really matter for your long-term results.</p><h3><strong>When It Seems Too Expensive</strong></h3><p class="">If something feels very high compared to other quotes, ask:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">What exactly is included in this package?</p></li><li><p class="">How does this compare to typical pricing in your industry or region?</p></li><li><p class="">What makes this expert designer different from other designers I am considering?</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>You are allowed to ask for clarity. Clear answers are part of a healthy working relationship.</strong></p><p class="">If you want more help on what to ask before you hire anyone, I break this out in detail in my Confident Client Series guide on<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/questions-before-hiring-a-web-designer" target=""> 10 must-ask questions before hiring a web designer</a>. That resource lines up closely with what I touch on briefly here.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="4c7b3265-2cc4-4ee8-93e7-656564e6f217" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>What Happens After Your Site Launches</strong></span></h2><p class="">Your relationship with a designer does <strong>not</strong> have to end the day your site goes live.</p><p class="">In the next part of the Confident Client Series, I talk about your post-launch relationship with web designers, what happens <strong>after</strong> launch, and how you can think about support, updates, and next steps once your site is out in the world.</p><p class="">If this breakdown was helpful, you might want to stick around for that.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="36319c8e-dc5e-486a-b884-fed5da7acfc4" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Wrapping Up Your Custom Squarespace Website Cost</strong></span></h2><p class="">When you look at a project quote now, you know it is not just a number for “making things look pretty.” Your Squarespace website cost covers strategy, design, content support, technical build, revisions, training, and project management, along with years of experience and expertise wrapped into one package.</p><p class="">Partnering with a professional Squarespace designer ensures you receive this full value.<br><br>If you found this helpful, stay tuned for the next installment of the series, where I explain what to expect and options for <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/post-launch-website-support" target="_blank">post-launch website support</a> from your web designer.</p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  



<hr />
  
    <center></center>]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1765313667234-PEXGH4FVI31DNXA1ROLT/Custom+Squarespace+Website+Cost+Feature.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">Custom Squarespace Website Cost: What You Pay For And Why</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>How Much Does a Website Cost? Your Website Budget Guide</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Website Design</category><category>Business Tips</category><category>Confident Client Series</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 12 Dec 2025 17:05:00 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/how-much-does-a-website-cost</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:69276d106e89391015de1a25</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large">If you ever wondered, <strong><em>‘How much does a website cost?’,</em></strong> and didn’t know what to plan for beyond building your site with a designer, then this article is going to be your new best friend. There are hidden costs that most people never plan for, and they can add up fast.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">This post is part of my <strong><em>Confident Client Series</em></strong>, where I walk you from wondering if you should be hiring a web designer to knowing your exact next step. I am Meg, a Squarespace web designer and your Confidence Catalyst for this journey. I help successful women service providers and creative professionals close the gap between their expertise and their online presence so they can show up confidently online.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">In this guide, I am walking you through <strong>how much a website costs</strong> <strong>from a full budget perspective</strong>, including web development costs. We will talk about design fees, platform and hosting, your domain, tools and integrations, content creation, and ongoing support. </p><p class="sqsrte-large">By the end, you should know how much a website costs and feel clear on budget considerations, including what you need to plan for, what is optional, and what is non-negotiable, so you can move forward feeling confident and financially prepared.</p>


  




  




  
    

  <h3>What You'll Learn in This Article</h3>
  
    
  





  


  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><em>If you prefer to watch or listen, you can </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLkn-QCscr5jxxkMIlv9p6mOuBR-1OGC1n" target="_blank"><em>follow the series on my YouTube channel.</em></a></p>


  




  



<hr />

<iframe allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/VWk25n3fqTg?controls=0&amp;iv_load_policy=3&amp;showinfo=0&amp;wmode=opaque" width="560" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" type="text/html" height="315"></iframe>




  
    
  
  <h2><span data-text-attribute-id="3582f2f9-81de-4702-9890-3766c3a7ec55" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>How Much Does A Website Cost?</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>Design Fees: Your Biggest One-Time Cost</strong></h3><p class=""><strong>Design fees for website design are often the largest chunk of your website budget, but they vary widely based on your needs.</strong></p><p class="">When you hire a web designer to answer "How much does a website cost," you are not just paying for “a website.” You are paying for a specific type of service, with a specific process, and sometimes with extra support like copywriting or SEO.</p><h3><strong>Types of web design services</strong></h3><p class="">Different professional web designers structure their services differently, and that has a big impact on how much your website costs.</p><p class="">Here are some common formats you will see:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Design Day or VIP Day</strong>:<br>This is where a designer builds or refreshes your site in a single day or very short time frame. These can be in the low thousands of dollars.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Semi‑custom or website templates</strong>:<br>In this case, the designer customizes an existing template, often one you purchased from them or another provider. These projects often fall in the range of <em>$2,000 to $5,000</em>, depending on the designer and the complexity of your project.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Custom website design</strong>:<br>This is a fully bespoke custom website that is designed and built from the ground up for you with custom design. Custom website design will typically cost anywhere from <em>$2,500 to $15,000 or more</em>.</p></li></ul><p class="">If you are curious what a custom Squarespace project can look like in practice, you can peek at my own<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/custom-squarespace-website-design" target=""> custom Squarespace website design services</a>.</p><h3><strong>Factors that affect design prices</strong></h3><p class="">Beyond the service format, several other pieces influence the cost to build a website:</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Designer’s experience level<br></strong>More experienced designers, particularly those with deep website design expertise, often charge more because they bring deeper expertise, a smoother process, and stronger strategy.<br></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Number of pages<br></strong>A simple, small site will cost less than a large site with many page types and layouts.<br></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Website complexity<br></strong>The more complex the website functionality, the higher the investment. There is a big difference between:</p></li><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">A basic brochure site</p></li><li><p class="">An e-commerce website</p></li><li><p class="">A course platform</p></li><li><p class="">A membership site</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p></li></ul><li><p class=""><strong>Timeline<br></strong> If you need a rush project, expect to pay more. Faster timelines usually come with premium pricing.<br></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Included services<br></strong>Some designers include added support and services like:</p></li><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Copywriting</p></li><li><p class="">SEO (Search Engine Optimization)</p></li><li><p class="">Light image generation or sourcing</p></li></ul></ol><p class="">These inclusions can raise the overall project fee but may save you from needing separate providers.<br></p><h3><strong>Common payment structures</strong></h3><p class="">Designers handle payments in a few standard ways. You will often see:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Milestone payments<br></strong>Common structures are:</p></li><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">50 / 50 split</p></li><li><p class="">One third at booking, one third at the start of the build, and one third at launch</p></li></ul><li><p class=""><strong>Payment plans<br></strong>Some designers offer extended payment plans so you can spread out the cost.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Payment in full upfront<br></strong>Others will require full payment before work begins.</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Remember, design fees are your biggest one‑time cost, but they are not your only cost.</strong></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="8af74949-6c77-408a-8e0e-c71efec76be5" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Platform and Hosting Fees: Where Your Website Lives</strong></span></h2><p class="">Your website needs a home, and this is a recurring cost you cannot skip.</p><p class="">When considering how much does a website cost, platform and hosting are a big part of your ongoing expenses.</p><h3><strong>All-in-one platforms vs separate hosting</strong></h3><p class="">Different platforms bundle their fees differently. Here is a simple comparison:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">With an <strong>all-in-one website builder</strong> like Squarespace, which is a content management system, your managed hosting is part of your monthly or annual subscription. Everything is managed for you in one place.</p></li><li><p class="">With some platforms like <strong>WordPress.org</strong>, you will often pay for your theme or tools for a WordPress website, then also pay a separate hosting company, like one offering shared hosting, which means another monthly or annual bill.</p></li></ul><h3><strong>How to choose the right plan</strong></h3><p class="">Within any website builder, you will have multiple plan options. When you are comparing plans:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Look closely at the features<br></strong>Check for things like e-commerce capabilities, storage, and whether it supports what you actually need.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Avoid overpaying<br></strong>You do not want to pay for a higher tier if you will not use the features in that tier.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Do not underbuy either</strong><br>If you "cheap out" and miss key functionality, you may pay more later to fix it or move platforms.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Ask for guidance</strong><br>Your designer can often recommend the platform and plan that make sense for your specific business model.</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>This is a recurring monthly/annual cost, so include it in your ongoing budget, not just your startup costs.</em></strong></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="50f3f421-e195-4ba9-b3dc-8f9699734c8f" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Domain Name: Your Web Address Essentials</strong></span></h2><p class="">Your domain name is your web address, your “business.com,” and it is a small but essential part of how much a website costs each year.</p><h3><strong>Typical domain costs and extensions</strong></h3><p class="">Most standard domain names are very affordable, but the price depends on the extension.</p><p class="">Typical ranges:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>$10 to $30 per year</strong> for common extensions like .com</p></li><li><p class="">Up to <strong>$70 per year</strong> for some more unique or specialty extensions, such as .co or .io</p></li></ul><p class="">If you already own a domain, you will connect it to your new website. If not, you will need to budget for this as a new, annual recurring cost.</p><h3><strong>Smart domain buying tips</strong></h3><p class="">Here are some simple guidelines so you do not run into trouble later:</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Buy the domain in your own name<br></strong><em>A common mistake is buying the domain through your designer.</em> Always purchase it yourself so you own it. You can grant your designer access when needed, but you stay in control.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Use a reputable provider<br></strong>Popular options include GoDaddy, Namecheap, Porkbun, Squarespace, and others; many also offer an SSL certificate for enhanced security. You can comparison shop a bit on price and ease of use.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Remember, multiple domains add up<br></strong>If you have more than one domain for your brand, for example .com, .net, and .org, each has its own renewal fee. Make sure you budget for all of them.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Do not forget renewal dates<br></strong>The annual cost is easy to overlook, but your domain is essential. Letting it lapse can cause a big headache.</p></li></ol><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="16e5d04d-27b6-4bed-adad-b1801dd90d78" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Additional Tools and Integrations: Connecting Your Systems</strong></span></h2><p class="">Your website is usually just one part of your online business setup. Often, it needs to connect to other tools via plugins and apps, and those tools can expand your website functionality while affecting how much your website costs to run.</p><p class="">Some tools offer free plans, but many move into paid territory as your business grows.</p><h3><strong>Email marketing providers</strong></h3><p class="">If you are building an email list, you will probably use an email service provider and connect it to your site.</p><p class=""><strong>Common email service providers include:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Mailchimp</p></li><li><p class=""><a href="https://link.floatinglotusdesign.com/ckit#rel=nofollow" target="_blank">Kit*</a></p></li><li><p class=""><a href="https://link.floatinglotusdesign.com/flodesk#rel=nofollow" target="_blank">Flodesk*</a></p></li><li><p class="">MailerLite</p></li></ul><p class="">Many of these have free plans at the very beginning. Over time, as your subscriber list grows or you need more advanced features, you will move into paid plans. Those costs are usually tied to your number of subscribers.</p>


  




  




  
    
  


  
    
  
  <h3><strong>Scheduling software</strong></h3><p class="">If people book appointments, classes, or consultations with you, you will likely integrate scheduling software with your website.</p><p class="">Examples include:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Acuity</p></li><li><p class="">Calendly</p></li><li><p class=""><a href="https://link.floatinglotusdesign.com/honeybook#rel=nofollow" target="_blank">HoneyBook’s</a>*&nbsp;scheduling tools</p></li><li><p class="">Other similar services</p></li></ul><p class="">Some have free tiers, but if you want to take payments through them or need more complex booking options, you will often need a paid plan.</p><h3><strong>Professional email and stock photos</strong></h3><p class="">Two other common add-ons to factor into your website budget:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Professional email<br></strong>Services like Google Workspace allow you to use an email address with your own domain, rather than something like yourbusiness@gmail.com. This looks more professional and helps your sender reputation for email marketing. There is a recurring fee for this, contributing to your overall marketing costs along with email marketing providers.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Stock photos<br></strong>If you are not doing a full brand photo shoot, you might purchase stock images or subscribe to a stock photo library.</p></li><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Some libraries provide free images.</p></li><li><p class="">Higher quality or more unique photos often come through paid subscriptions or per-image purchases.</p></li></ul></ul><h3><strong>What to clarify with your designer</strong></h3><p class="">Your designer should not be paying for any of these tools for you, but they might:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Include the setup and integration of your email platform</p></li><li><p class="">Connect your scheduler</p></li><li><p class="">Hook up your forms to the right tools</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Ask them clearly:</strong></p><p class=""><strong><em>“What plugins and apps integrations are included in your package, and what will be an extra fee?”</em></strong></p><p class="">This helps you avoid surprise charges and lets you budget for the software costs as well as any setup work.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="9db21504-f0bd-4331-9942-a80dc781aac5" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Content Creation: Fuel For Your Website</strong></span></h2><p class="">Content creation fuels your website. Your website needs content, including words, graphics, and images, and often branding. This can add anywhere from a few hundred to several thousand dollars to your overall website costs.</p><h3><strong>Photography options</strong></h3><p class="">For your graphics and images, you have several routes, each with different cost and quality levels:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Traditional photo shoot<br></strong>Hiring a photographer to do a brand session for you.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>AI photo shoots<br></strong><a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/ai-brand-photoshoots" target="">AI-generated headshots and images are becoming more popular as an option.</a></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Stock photo libraries<br></strong>Paid or free sources that provide polished, on-brand imagery.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Your own phone photos<br></strong>A more budget-friendly option if done thoughtfully.</p></li></ul><p class="">The general rule is: <strong>budget for the best quality graphics and images you can afford</strong>. Strong visuals make a real difference on your site.</p><h3><strong>Copywriting choices</strong></h3><p class="">Your website also needs clear, effective copy. You have a few options:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>DIY copywriting<br></strong>Take a DIY approach by writing it yourself using templates, guides, prompts, or courses. This can save money, but will take more of your time.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Hire a professional copywriter<br></strong>A professional may charge into the thousands of dollars for full website copy, depending on the scope and their experience.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Work with a professional web designer who supports copy<br></strong>Some web designers, myself included, may:</p></li><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Do light copywriting</p></li><li><p class="">Provide content workbooks</p></li><li><p class="">Offer website templates or prompts to help you write your own</p></li></ul></ul><p class="">The exact approach will vary, so always check the details of the package.</p><p class="">If you would like more help thinking through copy options in general, I break down choices in my post on<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/best-website-copywriting-options" target=""> the best website copywriting options</a>.</p><h3><strong>Branding foundations</strong></h3><p class="">If you do not already have your visual identity in place, you may need:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">A logo</p></li><li><p class="">A color palette</p></li><li><p class="">Font selections</p></li></ul><p class="">Some web designers include basic branding elements in their packages. For example, I include simple branding pieces in my custom design packages, while other designers offer it as an add-on.</p><p class="">You can also hire a separate brand designer for a more in-depth project. That can range from several hundred dollars to a few thousand.</p><h3><strong>How content affects your total cost</strong></h3><p class="">When you add it all up, content creation might increase your overall website investment by:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">A few hundred dollars if you keep it simple and DIY many pieces</p></li><li><p class="">Several thousand dollars if you hire pros for photography, branding, and copywriting</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>Clarify what is included in your web design package. Do not assume that content creation is part of it.</em></strong><em> </em><strong><em>Ask your designer early on so you can budget accurately.</em></strong></p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="70ff22f4-990b-479b-8f45-b0ca0b23d52c" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Ongoing Support and Maintenance: Keeping Your Site Healthy</strong></span></h2><p class="">Your website is not “done” on launch day. Ongoing maintenance tasks and costs keep it running, safe, and up to date. This ongoing maintenance is a big part of the cost to build a website each year.</p><h3><strong>Recurring expenses to expect</strong></h3><p class="">Here is a quick recap of website maintenance costs and other ongoing expenses you might have:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Platform and web hosting fees<br></strong>Platform fees and web hosting can run a few hundred dollars per year, depending on your platform, web hosting provider, and plan.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Domain renewal<br></strong>Often in the <strong>$15 to $30 per year</strong> range for standard domains.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Software subscriptions<br></strong>Email marketing, scheduling, and other tools each have their own recurring fees.</p></li></ul><p class="">Most of these will be billed monthly or yearly, so it helps to list them and see your total annual cost and monthly cost.</p><h3><strong>How you handle updates</strong></h3><p class="">You will also need to decide how your site gets updated over time.</p><p class="">Two main paths:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>DIY updates<br></strong>The DIY approach is “free” from a cash perspective, but it will cost you time. You might:</p></li><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Add blog posts</p></li><li><p class="">Update your schedule</p></li><li><p class="">Refresh service descriptions</p></li><li><p class="">Swap out images</p></li></ul></ul><p class="">Many of these updates are quite doable once your designer trains you.<br></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Designer support<br></strong>If you prefer not to do the tech side yourself, you can keep working with your designer.&nbsp;</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Options might include:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Hourly support, often in the range of <strong>$50 to $150 per hour</strong>, depending on the designer</p></li><li><p class="">Retainer packages that start in the low hundreds per month and can go into the thousands, depending on what they include. Retainers can give you predictable monthly costs and the peace of mind that help from a professional web designer is available when you need it.</p></li></ul><h3><strong>Security and backups</strong></h3><p class="">Security and backups are another piece of the maintenance picture:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">On website builders like Squarespace, security and backups are handled for you as part of the platform, so you usually do not need separate services for those pieces.</p></li><li><p class="">On platforms like WordPress, you may need to:</p></li><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Pay for backup tools</p></li><li><p class="">Pay for security plugins or services</p></li><li><p class="">Hire someone to keep an eye on everything or do it yourself</p></li></ul></ul><p class="">Even if you handle most updates yourself, plan to spend either some time each month on your site, or money for occasional professional help, regardless of which website builder you use. Budgeting for website maintenance costs from the start helps you avoid urgent, stressful fixes later.</p><p data-rte-preserve-empty="true" class=""></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="2d1441a7-7f37-4f48-a734-b2c1abe97b95" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Key Takeaways: Budget With Confidence and Avoid Surprises</strong></span></h2><p class="">Here is what I want you to remember about how much a website costs.</p><p class=""><strong><em>It is not just about the one-time design fee. It is about the complete picture. </em></strong>That includes setup, tools, and ongoing support, so you are not caught off guard when figuring out how much a website costs for your small business.</p><p class="">A simple way to move forward to build a website:</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>List everything you think you will need<br></strong>Website design, website builder platform, domain, email marketing, scheduling and booking software, stock photos, branding, copywriting, and any extras to build a website.<br></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Get quotes from designers<br></strong>Ask clearly about web development costs, what is included in each package, and what would be an extra fee to build a website.<br></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Research software costs<br></strong>Look at the plans for your email provider, scheduler, and any other tools you plan to connect, especially if you need an e-commerce website.<br></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Budget for your first year and your ongoing costs<br></strong>Include to understand how much your website may cost:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Design fees</p></li><li><p class="">Platform and hosting</p></li><li><p class="">Domain renewals</p></li><li><p class="">Software subscriptions</p></li><li><p class="">Occasional or ongoing support<br></p></li></ul></li><li><p class=""><strong>Add a buffer<br></strong>When asking how much does a website cost, it's also a good idea to include a <strong>10 to 15 percent buffer</strong> in your budget for unexpected needs.<br></p></li></ol><p class=""><strong>If you are not ready to invest in everything right now, that is okay. You can:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Start saving for the full investment</p></li><li><p class="">Choose designers who offer payment plans</p></li><li><p class="">Use free or lower-tier website builder options that still give you what you need for now</p></li></ul><p class="">What you want to avoid is starting a project and then running out of budget halfway through. Your designer does not want that, and you certainly do not either.</p><p class=""><strong>A clear, honest budget with smart budget considerations lets you feel confident about your decision and calm about the money side of your small business website.</strong></p><p class="">I would love to hear from you. What surprised you most about these website costs, or what questions do you still have about budgeting for your site? Share your thoughts in the comments.</p><p class=""><strong>And if you want to go deeper, stay tuned for the next part of the Confident Client Series, where I break down exactly </strong><a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/custom-squarespace-website-cost"><strong>where your money goes when you invest in a custom Squarespace website</strong></a><strong> builder design, which is my specialty.</strong></p>


  




  




  
    
  


  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  



<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1764194858440-XL15S4HD1IBHF9HV2L9X/How+Much+Does+A+Website+Cost+Feature.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">How Much Does a Website Cost? Your Website Budget Guide</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>What's a Website Design Day? VIP Day Rates &amp; Process Explained</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Services</category><category>Website Design</category><category>Business Tips</category><category>Confident Client Series</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 05 Dec 2025 17:05:00 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/website-design-day-vip-day-explained</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:6927609dba45eb5baaa94721</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>If you have a website to-do list that has been haunting you for months, you are not alone.</strong> Most service providers I talk to have a long list of “I’ll fix that later” tasks on their site that never quite make it off the back burner.</p><p class="sqsrte-large"><strong><em>A design day (often called a VIP Day) is one simple way to clear that list in a single day with the help of a professional web designer.</em></strong> Instead of a traditional design process dragging a project out for weeks, you get focused support, fast progress, and a website that finally matches your business.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">This post is part of my <strong><em>Confident Client Series</em></strong>, where I walk you from wondering whether you should hire a web designer to knowing your exact next step. </p><p class="sqsrte-large">I’m Meg, a Squarespace web designer and your Confidence Catalyst for this journey. I help successful women service providers and creative professionals close the gap between their expertise and their online presence so they can show up confidently online.</p><p class="sqsrte-large"><strong><em>In this guide, I am breaking down what a website design day is, how it works, what it typically costs, what can be done in a day, and who it is really best for. I will also share a few clear signs that a VIP day is not the right fit, so you can choose with confidence.</em></strong></p><p class="sqsrte-large"><em>If you prefer to watch or listen, you can </em><a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLkn-QCscr5jxxkMIlv9p6mOuBR-1OGC1n" target="_blank"><em>follow the series on my YouTube channel.</em></a></p><p class="sqsrte-large">So, what exactly is a design day?</p>


  




  




  
    

  <h3>What You'll Learn in This Article</h3>
  
    
  





  

<hr />

<iframe allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/l9XLh8gnk5A?controls=0&amp;iv_load_policy=3&amp;showinfo=0&amp;wmode=opaque" width="560" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" type="text/html" height="315"></iframe>




  
    
  
  <h2><span data-text-attribute-id="84c5580e-6cd6-44d0-81ea-087150499bd4" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>What Is a Website Design Day?</strong></span></h2><p class=""><strong>A website design day is a VIP web design experience and premium service where a professional web designer dedicates an entire day or a half-day exclusively to your website and your project to-do list.</strong></p><p class="">I like to explain it this way: think of it like hiring a personal assistant for your site. You bring a list of things you have been meaning to do, do not know how to do, or frankly do not have time to do. During a focused session, I work through that list for you.</p><p class=""><strong>There are a few common formats offering flexibility:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Full Day VIP Day: Usually about 6 to 8 hours of focused work.</p></li><li><p class="">Half Day: Around 3 to 4 hours for smaller or more targeted projects focused on user experience (UX).</p></li><li><p class="">Multiple Days: Different designers let you book more than one day if your list is extensive and needs more time.</p></li></ul><p class="">Some designers offer full website builds in a single day, often based on a template that they customize during an intensive session (though this works best for simpler needs rather than custom websites).</p><p class="">That is a valid approach, but it is not how I use design days in my own business. I treat this format as the perfect option for everything else that is not a full custom build or redesign. I focus on updates, fixes, specific projects, and getting you unstuck on your existing site.</p><p class="">If you want to see how I package that up, you can explore my<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/signature-design-day" target=""> Signature Design Day services</a>, which are built around this exact idea.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="8ebe0f37-5ba6-443b-a147-f47ed22a7889" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>How a Website Design Day Works</strong></span></h2><p class="">The process for a website design day follows a simple, structured workflow. This structure helps you get clear results without dragging out decisions for weeks.</p><p class="">Here is what it usually looks like from start to finish:</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Book your day<br></strong>You choose a date on my calendar and reserve it. That date is set aside for you.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Strategy and planning<br></strong>In the preparation stage before your day, we often have a strategy call to go over your goals, to-do list, and prioritize what matters most. This is where we decide what will give you the biggest impact in the time we have.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Provide content and assets<br></strong>You send over anything I need ahead of time. That might include copy, images, brand assets, logins, or any other materials required to complete your list.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Your design day<br></strong>On the day itself, I, or your web designer, work <em>exclusively with you</em> on your project. No other client calls, no bouncing between tasks. I stay focused on your list.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Wrap up and handoff<br></strong>By the end of the day, we have worked through as much of your prioritized list as we can, meeting communication expectations for clarity and results. You are not waiting months for a launch date. You walk away with real, visible deliverables.</p></li></ol><p class="">Behind the scenes, there is more to it than just the workday. There are systems for pre-work to prepare, and usually a bit of support after, which I will talk about in the cost/pricing section. But from your point of view, the experience is straightforward. You pick a day, we plan, I execute, and your site finally catches up to your business.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="cc807ed7-67dc-42a7-b5f0-f1e1d6f0bdd1" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>What Can We Get Done During a Design Day?</strong></span></h2><p class="">What we can accomplish on a website design day depends on your list and on the designer you hire. They may package this a little differently than I.</p><p class="">Some build out an entire site in a single intensive day, often with a template as the base. My approach is more focused on targeted projects with a clear scope of work on an existing site that already works.</p><p class="">Here are the types of tasks I commonly tackle during a design day.</p><h3><strong>Website updates and refreshes</strong></h3><p class="">Your website may be functional, but feel a bit outdated or off-brand. In a design day, I can:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Update your fonts, colors, and images</p></li><li><p class="">Refresh outdated copy that no longer matches your offers</p></li><li><p class="">Modernize the look and feel without doing a full redesign</p></li></ul><p class="">This is a great fit if your site is “fine” but not something you are proud to share with clients.</p><p class="">For more ideas on improving your current site without a full rebuild, you might like my post on<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/ten-ways-to-improve-your-website" target=""> 10 quick site upgrades without redesign</a>.</p><h3><strong>Adding new functionality</strong></h3><p class="">Sometimes your site structure is fine, but you are missing pieces you now need. During a website design day, I can help you:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Set up a blog</p></li><li><p class="">Build a portfolio section</p></li><li><p class="">Create a course page</p></li><li><p class="">Add a membership area</p></li></ul><p class="">As your business grows, your site has to grow with it to better serve your clients. These kinds of additions fit neatly into a VIP day format.</p><h3><strong>Connecting systems and fixing tech issues</strong></h3><p class="">Tech headaches are a big reason people book a design day. Common tasks include:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Connecting third-party systems like your email service provider or scheduling software</p></li><li><p class="">Fixing broken links</p></li><li><p class="">Addressing mobile responsiveness issues</p></li><li><p class="">Troubleshooting that one section that has been driving you crazy for months</p></li></ul><p class="">While some fixes, like complex coding or plug-in issues, might require a web developer, most of these are within a designer's capacity and can quietly improve your user experience if addressed promptly.</p><h3><strong>SEO (Search Engine Optimization) foundations</strong></h3><p class="">A design day also works well for basic SEO (Search Engine Optimization) setup or clean up. I often help with:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Updating and optimizing meta titles and page descriptions</p></li><li><p class="">Checking image settings and file names</p></li><li><p class="">Submitting your sitemap to Google Search Console</p></li><li><p class="">Submitting your sitemap to Bing</p></li></ul><p class="">These are not full, ongoing SEO campaigns or digital marketing strategies, but they give your site a more solid foundation so search engines can understand and crawl it.</p>


  




  




  
    
  


  
    
  
  <h3><strong>Custom elements and styling</strong></h3><p class="">If you are ready to move a step beyond the default look of your template, a design day is a good space for:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Adding custom CSS code to create unique elements, such as on Squarespace</p></li><li><p class="">Installing or configuring plugins that add special features</p></li></ul><p class="">These touches can help your site stand out and feel more “you,” without rebuilding everything from scratch.</p><h3><strong>Branding updates</strong></h3><p class="">Your visual brand might have evolved since you first launched your site. During a design day, I can support you with things like:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Refining or creating a new color palette</p></li><li><p class="">Updating your logo on your site</p></li><li><p class="">Choosing new font pairings that fit your current brand</p></li></ul><p class="">The key idea is that we are not starting from zero. We are improving, updating, and adding to what already exists so that your site matches where your business is right now. These tasks, often associated with graphic design, integrate seamlessly into your web presence.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="91cbdef1-eb1f-4791-9442-188a03399128" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Who Is a Website Design or VIP Day Perfect For?</strong></span></h2><p class="">Website design days work best for a certain type of project and a certain type of client, especially service providers and creative professionals running a small business. If you see yourself in this list, there is a good chance it's a strong fit.</p><p class="">You are likely a great match if:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Your site works, but needs updates<br></strong>Your site is functional, but maybe it is a little dated or slightly off-brand. You have been meaning to refresh it, but it keeps sliding down the priority list.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>You have a clear to-do list<br></strong>You know what needs to be done. For example: “Update my services page,” “Add a blog,” “Fix my contact form,” or “Improve the mobile layout on my home page.”</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>You are drowning in procrastination<br></strong>Your list keeps growing, and the procrastination fairy is camped out on your shoulder. You know you are not going to sit down and learn it all yourself, at least not soon.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>You need a quick turnaround<br></strong>Maybe you are launching something in the next month, or you have a speaking engagement coming up, or you just need your site to reflect where you are now. You do not have time for a multi-week custom project.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>You want expert help without a massive commitment<br></strong>You are not ready, or do not have the budget, for a multi-thousand-dollar full custom build. You are, however, willing to invest several hundred to a few thousand dollars for a web designer day with top talent, a skilled web designer who solves real problems quickly and correctly.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>You value your time<br></strong>You could probably figure some of this out with hours of Googling and YouTube tutorials, but you also know it will be frustrating and slow. You would rather have a web designer handle it in a day.</p></li></ul><p class="">If you want to see how it played out in real life, this portfolio case study for Yoga with Joëlle shows how we did a full refresh in one focused day. You can read the<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/projects/yoga-with-joelle-refresh" target=""> Yoga with Joëlle site refresh case study</a> for a behind-the-scenes look.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="e5ee92ae-eb2e-4502-8a49-fec5280b182a" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>When a Website Design Day Is Not a Good Fit</strong></span></h2><p class="">A website design day is not the best choice in every situation. In fact, part of my job is to help people avoid booking a VIP day when another service would serve them better.</p><p class="">Here are a few cases where this approach is probably not right:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Your project has an unlimited scope of work<br></strong>If your list would reasonably take 20 or more hours to complete, a single day is not going to cover it. You might need multiple days, or you might be better off with a larger custom project, avoiding the long-term commitments typical in the IT industry.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>You need more flexibility to make decisions<br></strong>This process moves quickly. I will need your feedback in real time, or close to it, so I can keep making progress. If you like to sit with every design choice for several days, or weeks, this model will feel stressful instead of helpful. It's not for you.</p></li></ul><p class="">The strength of a design day is in its structure. That structure encourages efficiency, keeps us focused, and helps you finally get things off your list, while ensuring you retain full ownership of your prioritized list. For some people, that is perfect. For others, a slower, more spacious process is a better fit.</p><p class="">If you find that you are leaning toward a more in depth build or total overhaul, you might be better served through my<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/custom-squarespace-website-design" target=""><span> custom Squarespace website</span></a> services instead.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="5c25dc40-e707-4586-bd55-505fdec58668" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Website Design Day Pricing, Costs, and What Is Included</strong></span></h2><p class="">Pricing and costs for a website design day will vary by web designer, by what is included, and by the type of project you bring. I can share a typical range and then give my own rates for context.</p><p class=""><strong>Here is a general idea of what you might see:</strong></p><p class=""><strong>Half Day (3 to 4 hours):</strong> $500 to $1,000 or more</p><p class=""><strong>Full Day (6-8 hours):</strong> $1,000 to $3,000 or more</p><p class="">For my own Signature Design Day:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">A <strong>full day</strong> is $1,500.</p></li><li><p class="">A <strong>half day</strong> is $750.</p></li></ul><p class=""><em>(My rates listed are as of the publish date of this post. See </em><a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/signature-design-day" target=""><em>my Signature Design Day page</em></a><em> for current rates.)</em></p><p class="">This payment is charging by the project, not an ongoing monthly maintenance fee (unless specified).</p><p class=""><strong><em>It is important not to think of it as simple hourly work.</em></strong> Yes, the bulk of the execution happens on that one day, but there is more wrapped into the experience.</p><p class=""><strong>This premium service typically includes:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">A prep questionnaire so I can understand your goals, brand, and priorities</p></li><li><p class="">A strategy call, unlike typical sales calls, to clarify your list and set a realistic plan for the day</p></li><li><p class="">The focused day itself</p></li><li><p class="">Any training videos or resources you need so you can manage updates after the day</p></li><li><p class="">Some period of support after your day, often via email, in case small questions come up</p></li></ul><p class="">All of that gets baked into the price through an efficient workflow. You are not just paying for time at a computer. You are paying for planning, expertise, focus, and the peace of mind that someone is holding your website to-do list for you.</p><p class="">If you ever want to compare it with other support options like Power Hours and Quick Wins sessions or longer custom projects, you can explore my full suite of<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/services" target=""> web design and SEO services</a> to see how they differ.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="0761eb32-961f-4668-8e2b-93b772fbe9b4" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>The Real Value of a Website Design Day</strong></span></h2><p class="">The dollar amount is only part of the picture. <strong>The real value shows up in how you feel and how you use your time afterward.</strong></p><p class="">Here is what my clients tend to gain from this format:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Time back<br></strong>Tasks they have avoided for months are suddenly done, usually in a single day. They can get back to serving their clients instead of trying to figure out font settings or mobile tweaks.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Expert execution<br></strong>Things that would take you hours of trial and error usually take a professional web designer far less time. As a web designer, we know the platform inside and out, so we can move quickly, ensuring a great user experience (UX) and making smart choices as we go.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Confidence<br></strong>When your site finally reflects your current offerings, it bolsters your online presence. You feel more comfortable being visible and more excited to share your work.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Momentum<br></strong>There is something energizing about checking a big, nagging to-do list off in one shot. It often creates momentum in other parts of your work, too.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Peace of mind<br></strong>No more “Ugh, I really should fix my site” guilt hanging over your head. You know it is taken care of, which frees up a lot of mental space.</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>For busy service providers and small business owners, that combination of time savings, confidence, and calm is often worth far more than the cost of the day itself.</em></strong></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="8479d9cc-ee07-44b7-a98a-494ccdc38e49" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>How To Tell If a Website Design Day Is Right for You</strong></span></h2><p class="">If you are on the fence about hiring a web designer, here are a few quick questions to ask yourself:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Do I have an <strong>existing site</strong> that needs specific updates or additions, not a brand new build from scratch?</p></li><li><p class="">Do I have a <strong>clear list</strong> of what needs to be done?</p></li><li><p class="">Can I provide the <strong>content, images, and assets</strong> needed before the day?</p></li><li><p class="">Do I <strong>need a quick turnaround</strong>, within days or weeks, not months?</p></li><li><p class="">Am I comfortable with <strong>efficient, focused collaboration</strong> and giving timely feedback?</p></li></ul><p class="">If you are nodding along to most of those, a design day may be a great fit.</p><p class="">The nice thing is that you are not locked into a single path forever. Many people start with a design day to handle urgent project needs, then come back later for services like a full redesign when they are ready. A VIP day can be your “quick fix” that buys you breathing room and clarity.</p><p class="">If you are curious about what your own day might look like, you can review everything included and see if it matches your needs on my<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/signature-design-day" target=""> Signature Design Day services</a> page.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="9631b43f-fe13-4a59-9336-19abbffba44e" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Wrapping Up</strong></span></h2><p class="">A website design day is a focused, time-bound way to finally get real help with the tasks that have been weighing on you. <strong><em>It is ideal if you already have a functional site, you know what needs to change, and you want those updates handled quickly by designers during a web designer day.</em></strong></p><p class="">You have learned what it is, how it works, what the deliverables are, who it best serves, when it is not a fit, and how pricing usually breaks down. <strong><em>If your own to-do list has been sitting there for way too long, this might be the nudge you needed to take action.</em></strong></p><p class="">If you are not sure whether a design day or a custom package is right for you, <strong><em>you can always start with a no pressure discovery call</em></strong>. I will walk you through your options and give you honest guidance about what makes the most sense for your situation.</p><p class="">In the meantime, I would love to hear from you. <strong><em>What has been sitting on your website to-do list for far too long?</em></strong> Share it, even just for your own clarity, and let that be your first step toward getting it done.</p>


  




  




  
    
  


  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  



<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1764190816914-QD1WTYI8M70LZU126NX8/Whats+a+Design+Day+Feature.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">What's a Website Design Day? VIP Day Rates &amp; Process Explained</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>10 Questions You Must Ask Before Hiring a Web Designer</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Business Tips</category><category>Recommendations</category><category>Website Design</category><category>Confident Client Series</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 28 Nov 2025 17:05:00 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/questions-before-hiring-a-web-designer</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:69274948e8dc3f22bc86cb46</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
    

  <h3>What You'll Learn in This Article</h3>
  
    
  





  


  
  <p class="sqsrte-large">Hiring a web designer can feel a little like a gamble if you are not sure what to ask on that first call. You know your business matters, you know your website matters, but you might not feel confident leading that conversation yet. </p><p class="sqsrte-large">That is exactly what this guide is here to help with.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">In this installment of the <strong><em>Confident Client Series</em></strong>, I am walking you through 10 essential questions to ask before hiring a web designer, plus a bonus question that can give you even more peace of mind. <strong><em>These questions are grouped into four main categories: process, communication, pricing, and post-launch support.</em></strong></p><p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>By the end, you will be able to walk into any discovery call or consultation prepared, calm, and ready to make a smart hiring decision instead of crossing your fingers and hoping for the best.</strong></p><p class="sqsrte-large">I am Meg, a Squarespace web designer, and for this series, I’ll be your Confidence Catalyst. I help successful women service providers and creative professionals bridge the gap between their expertise and their online presence so they can show up confidently online. </p><p class="sqsrte-large">If you are already wondering whether you are ready for this step, you might also like my guide on<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/ready-for-web-designer" target=""> 5 essential questions before hiring a web designer</a>, which helps you decide if now is the right time to bring in help.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">If you prefer to watch or listen along, you can <a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLkn-QCscr5jxxkMIlv9p6mOuBR-1OGC1n" target="_blank">follow the series on my YouTube channel.</a></p><p class="sqsrte-large">Now, let’s get into the questions you will want to bring to your next discovery call or designer interview.</p>


  




  



<hr />

<iframe allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/MPySR3Kf9WE?controls=0&amp;iv_load_policy=3&amp;showinfo=0&amp;wmode=opaque" width="560" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" type="text/html" height="315"></iframe>




  
    
  
  <h2><span data-text-attribute-id="66c426ea-d218-409d-830c-57ed1058120b" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Why These Questions Matter For Your Discovery Call</strong></span></h2><p class="">Once you decide you are ready to work with a designer, the next decision is who to hire. That first discovery or interview call is where most people get stuck. You show up, chat about your business, maybe talk about colors and styles, then hang up and realize you still do not know if this person is actually the right fit.</p><p class=""><strong>These questions will help you:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Understand how the designer works.</p></li><li><p class="">See how you will communicate and collaborate.</p></li><li><p class="">Get clear on pricing, scope, and money details.</p></li><li><p class="">Know what happens after your site launches.</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Think of this as your interview guide. You are not just being chosen as a client, you are also choosing a partner for your business.</strong></p><p class=""><strong>The questions are grouped into four categories:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Process</p></li><li><p class="">Communication &amp; collaboration</p></li><li><p class="">Pricing &amp; investment</p></li><li><p class="">Post-launch support</p></li></ul><p class="">Keep a notebook handy or use an AI meeting recorder so you can jot down answers and compare designers later.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="d90538eb-7798-4bc3-bffc-35677fa90a4a" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Category 1: The Web Designer’s Process</strong></span></h2><p class="">First up, you want to understand how the designer actually works. Their process needs to match your needs, your schedule, and your working style.</p><h3><strong>Question 1: What Does Your Typical Timeline Look Like From Start To Launch?</strong></h3><p class="">This question reveals how they manage their workload and how they set expectations. It also helps you understand whether their schedule really fits your life and your business.</p><p class=""><strong>You might hear answers like:</strong></p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">A shorter, focused project, for example, 2 weeks, with:</p></li><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">1 week for design</p></li><li><p class="">1 week for revisions and launch</p></li></ul><li><p class="">A longer multi-week process, like 8 weeks, where they may:</p></li><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Spend a week on strategy</p></li><li><p class="">Spend a week on the initial build</p></li><li><p class="">Spend another week on revisions<br> and also be working with multiple clients at once during those weeks</p></li></ul></ol><p class="">Any of these setups can work. What matters is that they give you <strong>clear phases with specific timeframes</strong> so you know what is happening when.</p><p class=""><strong>Red flag to watch for:<br></strong>If you ask about the timeline and only get, “Well, it depends,” with no explanation of what it depends on, that is a problem. It is fine if timing changes based on factors like page count, content readiness, or custom features. It is not fine if they cannot explain any of that.</p><p class="">If you want to see an example of a clearly outlined project timeline and phases, my own<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/custom-squarespace-website-design" target=""> custom Squarespace website design services</a> page walks through how a structured build works, from strategy to launch and support.</p><h3><strong>Question 2: How Many Clients Do You Work With At Once?</strong></h3><p class="">This question tells you how much attention and focus your project will get.</p><p class="">Some designers, like me, work with one client at a time, so that project has full focus during the build window. Other designers may work with 3, 5, or more clients at once. Neither approach is wrong.</p><p class=""><strong><em>What you want to know is:</em></strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Where will your project fit in their current workload?</p></li><li><p class="">Will you feel supported or like “just another task” on a very long list?</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Red flag to watch for:<br></strong>If they cannot or will not answer how many clients they work with at a time, that can signal disorganization. If they do not know how many projects are on their plate, it will be very hard for them to manage your timeline well.</p><h3><strong>Question 3: What Do You Need From Me, And When?</strong></h3><p class=""><strong>A solid designer will have a clear structure for what they need from you and when they need it.</strong> This is often called “homework,” and it is a key part of keeping the project on track.</p><p class="">They may need:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Your photos</p></li><li><p class="">Your website copy</p></li><li><p class="">Testimonials</p></li><li><p class="">Your service packages and pricing</p></li><li><p class="">Brand assets like logos and colors</p></li></ul><p class="">A strong answer might sound like:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Complete a content workbook by day 3.</p></li><li><p class="">Provide photos by day 5.</p></li><li><p class="">Give feedback within 24 hours during revision rounds.</p></li></ul><p class="">This is helpful because <strong>you know exactly what you are responsible for</strong> and when those pieces are due. It makes planning your schedule much easier.</p><p class=""><strong>Red flag to watch for:<br></strong>If the answer is something like, “Just send me whatever you have, whenever,” that is a recipe for delays, frustration, and a website that drags on instead of launching on time.</p><p class="">If you are still weighing whether to DIY or bring in help, you might also like this breakdown on<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/diy-web-design-budget-drain" target=""> when DIY web design becomes a budget drain</a>.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="75ded3e2-e3b9-4b27-b794-d9d576812425" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Category 2: Communication &amp; Collaboration</strong></span></h2><p class="">Next, you want to understand how you will actually work together. A mismatch in communication styles can quietly wreck a project, even when the design skills are great.</p><h3><strong>Question 4: How Will We Communicate Throughout The Project?</strong></h3><p class="">Different designers prefer different tools and rhythms. Some love Zoom calls, some prefer email only, and others use tools like Slack or a client portal with chat features, which is my method. A client portal keeps everything, including files, communications, and tasks, all in one place.</p>


  




  




  
    
  


  
    
  
  <p class="">You want to find out:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">How often you will communicate.</p></li><li><p class="">What tools you will use (Zoom, email, messaging app, portal).</p></li><li><p class="">How quickly you are expected to respond.</p></li><li><p class="">How quickly they usually respond.</p></li><li><p class="">What happens if you have an urgent question.</p></li><li><p class="">Whether they offer any after-hours support.</p></li></ul><p class="">If you know you need frequent check-ins, quick replies, or more hands-on support, you want to choose a designer whose communication style matches yours. Hiring someone who only checks email twice a week when you were expecting daily updates will cause a lot of stress for both of you.</p><h3><strong>Question 5: How Many Rounds Of Revisions Are Included?</strong></h3><p class="">This one protects you from scope creep, surprise fees, and endless “almost there” versions of your website.</p><p class="">A clear and healthy answer might look like:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Two rounds of revisions on the full design.</p></li><li><p class="">Minor tweaks included.</p></li><li><p class="">Major changes after two rounds count as additional rounds and may incur extra fees.</p></li></ul><p class="">That gives everyone a shared understanding of the boundaries.</p><p class=""><strong>Red flags to watch for:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>“Revisions are unlimited.”<br></strong>This sounds generous, but often means there are no real boundaries or process. Projects can drag on for months because no one knows when “done” actually is.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>“Revisions cost extra,”</strong> with no clear definition of what counts as a revision and what counts as an extra change.<br> You want those lines defined, not discovered on your final invoice.</p></li></ul><h3><strong>Question 6: What Happens If We Disagree On Design Direction?</strong></h3><p class="">This question helps you see how they balance your vision with their professional expertise.</p><p class="">You want a designer who:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Listens to your goals and preferences.</p></li><li><p class="">Uses their expertise to support the strategy.</p></li><li><p class="">Is willing to explain why something might not work for your goals.</p></li><li><p class="">Still treats the project as a collaboration.</p></li></ul><p class="">A strong answer might sound like:</p><p class=""><em>“If you have concerns, we will absolutely discuss them. Sometimes I might push back if a choice conflicts with your goals or the strategy we set for your website and business. Ultimately, we will work together to find a solution.”</em></p><p class="">You are hiring an expert for a reason, but you also deserve to feel heard and involved.</p><p class=""><strong>Red flags to watch for:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>“Whatever you want, I will just execute it.”<br></strong>This means they are not actively applying their expertise. You could hire almost anyone for that.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>“I am the expert, just trust me.”<br></strong>This dismisses your input. That is not collaboration, and it is usually a sign that they are not interested in aligning the site with your real-world needs. You know your business. They know strategic web design.</p></li></ul><p class="">If you want to see a range of collaboration options and support offers all in one place, the<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/services" target=""> web design and SEO services overview</a> page lists several paths you can consider.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="a60f87b9-67dd-4011-99f2-6ea877270012" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Category 3: Pricing &amp; Investment</strong></span></h2><p class="">Money conversations can feel uncomfortable, but clear details here prevent resentment and shock later. You should never feel unsure about what you are paying for.</p><h3><strong>Question 7: What’s Included In Your Price And What Costs Extra?</strong></h3><p class="">You may have (hopefully) already seen pricing on the designer’s website and know if they are in your budget, but this is your chance to confirm all the details live.</p><p class=""><strong>You will want to ask what is included in the base price, such as:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Design and development</p></li><li><p class="">Number of pages</p></li><li><p class="">Number of revision rounds</p></li><li><p class="">Any training or handoff sessions</p></li><li><p class="">Launch support</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Then ask what is NOT included or could cost extra, for example:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Domain registration</p></li><li><p class="">Hosting</p></li><li><p class="">Third party app integrations</p></li><li><p class="">Additional pages beyond the package</p></li><li><p class="">Copywriting</p></li><li><p class="">Branding</p></li><li><p class="">Ongoing maintenance</p></li></ul><p class="">You are not being difficult by asking this. You are simply making sure you know <strong>where your investment goes</strong> and what you might want to budget for later.</p><p class="">If you are still comparing website platforms and plans, you might also find this<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/squarespace-business-plan-review" target=""> Squarespace Business Plan review and pricing guide</a> helpful while you are planning your total website costs. <a href="https://squarespace.com/pricing" target="_blank">You can also find current Squarespace pricing information here.</a></p><h3><strong>Question 8: What’s Your Payment Structure?</strong></h3><p class="">Most designers do not expect the full amount on day one. Instead, they break the project into payment milestones.</p><p class="">Common payment structures include:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">A third to book your project, a third at the beginning of the project, and the final third at launch.</p></li><li><p class="">A 50 / 50 split, half upfront and half at launch.</p></li><li><p class="">Full payment upfront, which some designers require.</p></li></ul><p class="">These are all valid payment structures. What matters is that:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You know how much you are committing to.</p></li><li><p class="">You know <strong>when</strong> each payment is due.</p></li><li><p class="">The structure fits your budget and timeline.</p></li></ul><h3><strong>Question 9: What Happens If The Project Goes Over Time? Do I Pay More?</strong></h3><p class="">Life happens. You might get sick, your schedule might change, or your content might take longer than expected. The same is true on the designer’s side.</p><p class="">You want to understand:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">What happens if delays are on their end.</p></li><li><p class="">What happens if delays are on your end.</p></li><li><p class="">How scope changes affect the timeline and pricing.</p></li></ul><p class="">A thoughtful answer might sound like:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">If delays are on the designer’s side, there is no extra charge.</p></li><li><p class="">If you are late with content or feedback, the timeline may need to be adjusted, and you might need to be rebooked for a different date, but the price stays the same.</p></li><li><p class="">If you request major scope changes beyond the original agreement, that may cause delays, rescheduling, and additional fees.</p></li></ul><p class="">You are listening for <strong>clear policies</strong> and a clear schedule of when rescheduling or extra costs might kick in. <strong><em>Tip: These should all be clearly outlined in your contract, too.</em></strong></p><p class=""><strong>Red flag to watch for:<br></strong>If they have no clear policy or cannot explain what happens when a project runs long, that is a sign you might face surprises later if something goes off track.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="3c520649-5c04-40f1-97d5-946db6725ae4" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Category 4: Post-Launch Support</strong></span></h2><p class="">Your website launch is not the end of your relationship with your designer. At least, it does not have to be. The period after launch is often where you realize what you still want to learn and where you might need extra help.</p><p class="">Some designers offer structured support. Others hand everything over and say goodbye on launch day. Others, fall somewhere in the middle. You want to know which one you are signing up for.</p><h3><strong>Question 10: What Kind Of Support Do You Offer After My Website Goes Live?</strong></h3><p class="">Ask what happens once the site is live, including:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Any training sessions or handoff calls.</p></li><li><p class="">How long you can reach out with questions.</p></li><li><p class="">Whether they offer a window of email or phone support.</p></li><li><p class="">Whether they provide tutorial resources.</p></li><li><p class="">Whether they have ongoing maintenance packages, retainers, or support ticket options.</p></li></ul><p class="">Common examples might include:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">A live or recorded handoff session with training on how to use your site.</p></li><li><p class="">A few weeks to a month of email support after launch.</p></li><li><p class="">Optional retainers for ongoing requests and updates.</p></li></ul><p class="">What you need will depend on how comfortable you feel managing your website yourself. If you know you want someone available for quick updates or training, that is helpful to share on the call too.</p><p class="">For faster, focused support on an existing Squarespace site, you might also be interested in a<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/signature-design-day" target=""> Squarespace Design Day VIP experience</a>, which is a one day intensive option some clients use after launch for updates and improvements.</p><h3><strong>Bonus Question: What Happens If I’m Unhappy With The Final Result?</strong></h3><p class="">This bonus question gives you a lot of insight into how the designer handles problems.</p><p class="">A confident, professional designer will answer by connecting back to:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Their revision process.</p></li><li><p class="">Any refund terms.</p></li><li><p class="">Their overall problem-solving approach.</p></li></ul><p class="">If they get defensive, seem offended, or shut down the conversation when you ask this, that is very telling. A strong designer will appreciate that you are taking your project seriously and will be glad you asked.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="9c1b9c6b-5829-4575-82e7-b0f41040bf80" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Signs You’ve Found The Right Designer</strong></span></h2><p class="">As you run through these questions, you are not just listening to the words. You are also noticing how you feel.</p><p class=""><strong>Some good signs:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You feel heard and respected.</p></li><li><p class="">They answer clearly and do not dodge questions.</p></li><li><p class="">They explain things without making you feel silly or behind.</p></li><li><p class="">Their process feels organized and calm.</p></li></ul><p class="">On the other hand, if they seem annoyed by your questions, get defensive, or keep everything vague, that is usually your cue to keep looking.</p><p class="">If you are still in the early planning stage of your website, you might also like this guide on<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/key-things-before-creating-a-website" target=""> 3 key things before building a wellness website</a>, especially if you are in the wellness space, but it’s a great basic guide no matter what industry you’re in.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="2fd906e6-f996-41cd-8e80-e38e25a3340c" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>How To Use These Questions To Choose Your Designer</strong></span></h2><p class="">Here is a simple way to use this list once you start booking discovery calls:</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Make note of the questions.<br></strong> Keep them on a notepad, in your phone, or in a document you can glance at during your call.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Record or write down answers.<br></strong> Take notes by hand or use an AI meeting recorder so you can compare later without relying on memory.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Compare designers after your calls.<br></strong> Ask yourself:</p></li><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Who made me feel the most confident?</p></li><li><p class="">Who listened well and asked thoughtful questions back?</p></li><li><p class="">Who had a process that felt aligned with how you work</p></li><li><p class="">Who do I trust with my business and my brand?</p></li></ul><li><p class=""><strong>Decide, or keep looking.<br></strong>If none of the designers you spoke with feel like a strong “yes,” it is completely okay to keep looking. This is not something to settle on just to get it over with.</p></li></ol><p class="">If you are thinking, “I would really like to work with someone who already thinks this way,” you are welcome to explore my<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/custom-squarespace-website-design" target=""> custom Squarespace web design solutions</a> or other services and book a free discovery call.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="033eb7ad-1755-4087-ac47-265f5299549f" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Final Thoughts And Next Steps On Hiring A Web Designer</strong></span></h2><p class="">Hiring a web designer does not have to feel like a gamble. With the right questions, you can turn that discovery call into a clear, grounded conversation that helps you choose someone who understands your goals and has a process that supports you.</p><p class="">The core idea is simple: <strong>you are allowed to ask questions and expect clear answers</strong>. Doing that will attract the kind of designers who respect your time, your business, and your investment.</p><p class="">If you have a favorite question you always ask before hiring a web designer, or one you wish you had asked in the past, share it. Your insight might help someone else feel more confident too.</p><p class="">And if you are curious about fast turnaround options, stay tuned for the next part of this series, where I talk about <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/website-design-day-vip-day-explained">Design Day or VIP Day rates</a> and whether they are a good fit for busy service providers like you.</p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  



<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1764187466577-XPTCAPKS1697WZ1UJ0FB/10+Must+Ask+Questions+for+Designer+feature.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">10 Questions You Must Ask Before Hiring a Web Designer</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>How a Web Designer Brings Calm &amp; Clarity to Your Website Project</title><category>Website Design</category><category>Business Tips</category><category>Services</category><category>Confident Client Series</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 21 Nov 2025 16:55:00 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/web-designers-calm-clarity</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:691f8146c3b5bb1e5ae7babd</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large">If the idea of creating or updating your website makes your stomach flip, you are absolutely not the only one. For many business owners, “work on the website” sits on the to‑do list for months because it feels confusing, stressful, and oddly emotional.</p><p class="sqsrte-large">This installment of the <strong>Confident Client Series</strong> breaks that pattern. We are talking about how the right <strong>web designers</strong> do far more than make things look pretty. They guide you through a clear, calm process that helps you feel confident, supported, and in control.</p>


  




  





<iframe allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/EtYhN1rVGxc?iv_load_policy=3&amp;wmode=opaque" width="560" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" type="text/html" height="315"></iframe>




  
    
  
  <p class="">I’m Meg, a Squarespace web designer helping successful women service providers and creative professionals bridge the gap between their expertise and their online presence so they can show up with confidence online. With a background in mindfulness and yoga teaching, plus over 20 years in IT, my entire process is built to reduce stress and increase clarity.</p><p class=""><em>I know firsthand how overwhelming websites can feel, from endless decisions to the fear of wasting time and money on something that still does not feel right.</em></p><p class="">In this article, you’ll learn how the right designer can:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Give you a clear roadmap from day one</p></li><li><p class="">Make decision-making simple instead of overwhelming</p></li><li><p class="">Take technical stress off your plate</p></li><li><p class="">Provide strategic clarity so your site actually supports your business</p></li></ul><p class="">This is not a sales pitch. Whether you hire a designer, stick with DIY, or are still deciding, the goal here is to help you understand what to look for so you can choose your next step with confidence.  <a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLkn-QCscr5jxxkMIlv9p6mOuBR-1OGC1n" target="_blank">Keep reading, or if you prefer to watch, head over to YouTube to follow the series here</a>.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="19f5be9c-82c6-463e-a28f-054b02e86ff3" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Quick Overview</strong></span></h2><p class="">In this installment of the Confident Client Series, we cover:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Why website projects feel so overwhelming when you try to do it all yourself</p></li><li><p class="">The four ways web designers can create calm and clarity in your project</p></li><li><p class="">What a structured, supportive process can look like from start to finish</p></li><li><p class="">How mindfulness and communication can transform the entire experience</p></li><li><p class="">Common objections about hiring a designer and what they might be costing you</p></li></ul><p class="">If you prefer to compare DIY and hiring a designer in more detail, you might also like the post on <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/diy-web-design-budget-drain" target="">DIY web design: pros, cons, and decisions</a>.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="f7f543ca-c313-4250-bee6-be5d971b9934" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Why the Website Process Feels Overwhelming Without Guidance</strong></span></h2><p class="">When you are doing your website on your own, it often feels like a huge, foggy project with no clear beginning, middle, or end. There is no map, just a vague “I need a website” and a lot of guesswork.</p><p class="">Common problems show up over and over:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Uncertainty about what to do next.</strong> You open your site, poke around, then close the tab because you are not sure where to start.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Oversimplifying the site.</strong> You throw up a few images and some quick copy, but there is no real strategy, no clear customer journey, and no SEO foundation.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Sporadic progress that never finishes.</strong> You work on it for a weekend, then put it aside for weeks or months because it feels too big.</p></li></ul><p class="">That ongoing uncertainty creates decision paralysis and low‑grade stress. The project becomes something you dread, rather than a tool that supports your business.</p><p class="">This is where the right designer stops being “just” a service provider and starts becoming a partner. You are not simply paying for a website. You are paying for guidance, structure, and support through a process that can feel empowering instead of exhausting.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="4a3001b2-6cf6-4070-ae1e-5f643bcbcac0" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Way 1: A Clear Roadmap From Day One</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>Breaking Down the Uncertainty</strong></h3><p class="">One of the biggest stressors in any website project is not knowing what you are supposed to be doing or when you should be doing it. When there is no plan, your brain starts asking:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">How long should this take?</p></li><li><p class="">What am I missing?</p></li><li><p class="">Is it normal that nothing is happening right now?</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Many business owners stay stuck for months or even years</strong>, because they never feel sure about the next step. The project just keeps sliding down the priority list.</p><h3><strong>How Designers Provide Structure</strong></h3><p class="">A professional designer should start removing that uncertainty from the very first conversation.</p><p class="">From day one, you should walk away knowing:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">The overall timeline for your project</p></li><li><p class="">Your role in each phase</p></li><li><p class="">When you will see designs</p></li><li><p class="">When and how to give feedback</p></li><li><p class="">When launch will happen</p></li><li><p class="">What support you have at and after launch</p></li></ul><p class="">In my own process, I work with one client at a time for a focused project period. From the start, they know that at the end of that period, they will have a finished, functioning website plus resources to help them manage it. There is no endless limbo, just a clear path.</p><p class=""><strong>Most structured projects follow clear phases. This is an example of the structure of my design projects:</strong></p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Discovery &amp; Strategy</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Branding</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>SEO Foundations</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Design &amp; Build</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Revisions &amp; Feedback</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Launch &amp; Training</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Post Launch Support</strong></p></li></ol><p class="">Throughout all of this, communication is key. I use a <a href="https://link.floatinglotusdesign.com/kitchen#rel=sponsored" target="_blank">client portal with a built‑in messaging sy</a><a href="https://link.floatinglotusdesign.com/kitchen" target="_blank">stem </a>so everything we discuss stays in one place and does not vanish into the email black hole.</p><p class="">When you know what is happening, what is next, and what is expected from you, it becomes much easier to relax into the process. You are not sitting there wondering if you are supposed to be doing something. The roadmap is clear.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="0e6f0670-6bdf-4ceb-8e9b-59e1ca398141" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Way 2: Making Decisions Simple Instead of Overwhelming</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>The Overload of Choices in DIY</strong></h3><p class="">DIY often starts with good intentions and ends with 27 open tabs.</p><p class="">You are hit with endless choices:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Which template should I use?</p></li><li><p class="">Where should the navigation go?</p></li><li><p class="">What font pairings are “right”?</p></li><li><p class="">Do I need a slider? A banner?&nbsp;</p></li><li><p class="">What should I put in the footer?</p></li></ul><p class=""><em>Pretty soon, you are tweaking tiny details that do not matter and second‑guessing everything you touch.</em></p><p class="">Hours go by and you are still deciding between two almost identical shades of blue. <em>(Yes, I’ve been guilty of this too with my own websites!)</em></p><h3><strong>Curated Options and Strategic Questions</strong></h3><p class=""><strong>One of the most helpful roles web designers play is acting as a filter. Instead of handing you every option under the sun, a good designer curates what you see</strong>.</p><p class="">For example, instead of showing you 50 color palettes, I present two that fit your brand and audience. Instead of debating dozens of font combinations, I show you two thoughtful pairings that will work well together.</p><p class=""><strong>Even more important than the options themselves are the questions behind them. A designer should ask things like:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">What is the main action you want visitors to take first?</p></li><li><p class="">Who is your ideal client, and what matters most to them?</p></li><li><p class="">What makes your approach different from your competitors?</p></li><li><p class="">What are you tired of explaining over and over that the site could handle for you?</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>These questions shift the focus away from “What looks cool?” and toward “What will actually support your business?”</em></strong></p><p class="">In my process, this starts before we have our strategy call. That in‑depth questionnaire and workbook I ask you to fill out upon booking gives me a clear picture of your business, your clients, and your vision. Then, in our strategy session, we walk through that together and map out a plan for your website.</p><p class="">After strategy comes:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Any branding work that is needed</p></li><li><p class="">Your SEO foundations</p></li><li><p class="">Then the design and build itself</p></li></ul><p class="">Revisions are guided and purposeful. Instead of asking you to react to every pixel, I prompt you with questions about clarity and goals. We look at whether the layout is supporting your client journey, whether messaging is clear, and whether the design feels like you.</p><p class="">There is usually a moment in every project where a client says something like, <strong>“Oh, this feels so much simpler now.”</strong> That is the goal.</p><p class=""><strong>The real relief comes when someone can say, “I’ve got this. Tell me about your business, and I will translate it into a website that works.”</strong> That is the shift from chaos to collaboration.</p><p class="">If you are curious about how design choices like color palettes come together behind the scenes, you may enjoy seeing my behind-the-scenes process <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/website-color-palette-process" target="">from inspiration to functional color schemes</a> in action.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="8ad99df4-7033-4df4-bcab-a6a16bfc0c32" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Way 3: Eliminating Technical Stress</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>The Hidden Learning Curve</strong></h3><p class="">Even “easy” platforms like Squarespace still have a learning curve. When you are on your own, tech headaches usually look like:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Struggling to make basic updates to your images or text.</p></li><li><p class="">Trying to figure out why things look strange on mobile</p></li><li><p class="">Fighting with a button that refuses to link to the correct page</p></li><li><p class="">Getting lost in settings for headers, footers, or forms</p></li><li><p class="">Copying and pasting code you found in a forum and hoping for the best</p></li></ul><p class="">You did not start your business to become a web developer. Learning SEO, design, and platform quirks on top of serving clients is exhausting.</p><h3><strong>Handled by the Designer, with Easy Training</strong></h3><p class="">When you work with a designer, all those technical questions shift off your plate.</p><p class="">Things your designer should handle:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Mobile responsiveness baked into the design from the start</p></li><li><p class="">Testing your site on multiple devices</p></li><li><p class="">Setting up navigation that is thumb‑friendly on phones</p></li><li><p class="">Troubleshooting layout issues and quirky behavior</p></li><li><p class="">Handling any CSS or code needed to get things working</p></li><li><p class="">Proper SEO structure and setup.</p></li></ul><p class="">You do not have to spend your evenings Googling how to get a menu to behave or what “padding” means.</p><p class="">Once your site is live, you still need to feel confident making basic updates. That is where focused training comes in.</p><p class="">At the end of my process, I provide my clients with a resource library and walk them through:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Basic editing for text and images</p></li><li><p class="">Understanding the structure of the pages and their settings</p></li><li><p class="">The Administrative tasks and panels</p></li><li><p class="">Anything unique and specific to their site.</p></li><li><p class="">How to get support.</p></li></ul><p class=""><em>It is like learning to drive a car, not build the engine.</em> You get what you need to safely use your site day‑to‑day, without getting buried in technical details.</p><p class="">If links are one of those things that always trip you up, you might find it helpful to check out this guide on <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/adding-and-editing-links-in-squarespace" target="">adding and editing links in Squarespace 7.1</a>.</p><p class="">The result of handing off the technical complexity is simple: more time for your clients, your business, and your life. Less time in YouTube tutorial loops and “why is this broken?” spirals.</p><p class="">For an outside perspective on why professional design matters for small businesses, you can also read Business News Daily’s article on <a href="https://www.businessnewsdaily.com/8516-design-for-small-businesses.html" target="_blank">why design matters for small business.</a></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="e406bfa6-3652-4eb2-a65e-b9136ab350dc" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Way 4: Gaining Strategic Clarity for Business Growth</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>Beyond Looks: Your Website as a Business Tool</strong></h3><p class="">A lot of DIY sites focus heavily on “How does this look?” and skip over “What should this do for my business?”</p><p class="">It is easy to get stuck on fonts and photos and forget bigger questions like:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">How are people moving through this site?</p></li><li><p class="">What do I want them to do on each page?</p></li><li><p class="">Where do they get stuck or confused?</p></li></ul><p class=""><em>When you are so close to your own business, it can be hard to see what matters most to your clients, what sets you apart, and how to translate that onto your website.</em></p><p class="">This is where strategic thinking comes in.</p><h3><strong>Key Strategic Elements Designers Consider</strong></h3><p class=""><strong>Good web designers are thinking about strategy from the beginning, not as an afterthought.</strong>&nbsp;</p><p class="">Because we are outside your business, designers can often see strengths you might take for granted. That outside perspective helps highlight what really makes you different.</p><p class="">When all of this comes together, you get a website that:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Attracts the right people</p></li><li><p class="">Clearly explains your value</p></li><li><p class="">Encourages visitors to reach out</p></li><li><p class="">Works quietly for you 24/7 in the background</p></li></ul><p class="">That is very different from a bare‑bones site that is only there to “have something up.”</p><p class=""><strong>A thoughtful website strategy also looks beyond launch day. A good designer will think about:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">What kind of ongoing maintenance you might need</p></li><li><p class="">How to keep your site updated without feeling overwhelmed</p></li><li><p class="">What resources and support will help you long term</p></li></ul><p class="">The goal is a site that supports your business for years, not just a quick launch that looks good for a moment.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="df9aa1b5-ee85-449d-a1d3-b3800179464d" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>The True Value of a Calm Design Partnership</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>Four Ways Designers Bring Calm and Clarity</strong></h3><p class="">To recap, here are the four main ways a good designer can shift your website experience:</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Clear Roadmap</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Simple Decision Making</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>No Technical Stress</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Strategic Clarity</strong></p></li></ol><h3><strong>How Mindfulness Shapes the Process</strong></h3><p class="">My background in mindfulness and yoga has influenced every part of my process. I want website projects to feel calm, intentional, and grounded.</p><p class="">That means:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Clear and consistent communication</p></li><li><p class="">Thoughtful decision points instead of rushed choices</p></li><li><p class="">Space for your input without pressure to “get it perfect” on the first try</p></li></ul><p class="">You should finish your website project feeling proud and empowered, not drained and just glad it is over.</p><p class="">Yes, hiring a designer is an investment. But you are investing in:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Peace of mind</p></li><li><p class="">Strategic guidance</p></li><li><p class="">Professional expertise</p></li><li><p class="">Time back in your day</p></li><li><p class="">Increased confidence in how you show up online</p></li></ul><p class="">You are not just paying someone to move pixels. You are paying for clarity, partnership, and a smoother experience.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="d0ef2e49-2e1c-4938-a8b3-d2948a7c11f6" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Common Objections (And What They Might Be Costing You)</strong></span></h2><p class="">Two thoughts come up a lot:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">“I just cannot afford a designer.”</p></li><li><p class="">“I should be able to do this myself.”</p></li></ul><p class="">Both are understandable. Before you decide, it can help to ask a few honest questions:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">How much is your time worth?</p></li><li><p class="">How many hours have you already spent stressing over your site?</p></li><li><p class="">What opportunities might you be missing with a site that is confusing, incomplete, or off‑brand?</p></li></ul><p class="">Sometimes the “budget” DIY route ends up being more expensive in the long run, in both time and lost business. If you want a deeper dive into that, take a look at whether <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/diy-web-design-budget-drain" target="">DIY site building is a budget drain</a>.</p><p class=""><strong>It is also important to remember that not all designers work the same way. Some may:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Be vague about timelines</p></li><li><p class="">Skip strategy conversations</p></li><li><p class="">Hand over a design without training or support</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>When you start talking to potential designers, ask about:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Their process from start to finish</p></li><li><p class="">How often and how they communicate</p></li><li><p class="">What happens after launch</p></li><li><p class="">How they support you in providing feedback</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>You are looking for someone who brings calm and clarity, not more stress.</strong></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="31e74a94-a6e2-4d82-b243-ee27e28a4dee" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Final Thoughts and Next Steps</strong></span></h2><p class="">The main takeaway is simple: <strong>you do not have to figure your website out alone.</strong></p><p class="">The right web designer acts as your guide, translator, and partner. They help you move from overwhelm and second‑guessing to a site you are genuinely proud of and confident to share.</p><p class="">If you want this kind of guided, calm experience, you can <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/home" target=""><span>explore my services and resources at Floating Lotus Design</span></a>. And if you are still deciding whether you are ready, the earlier episodes in this series on <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/ready-for-web-designer" target=""><span>Are you ready to hire a designer?</span></a> and <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/need-a-website-redesign" target=""><span>Signs it is time for a redesign</span></a> are great next reads (or watches).</p><p class="">I would love to hear from you. Leave a comment:</p><p class=""><strong><em>What causes you the most stress when you think about your website?</em></strong></p><p class="">Share your thoughts, keep following the <a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLkn-QCscr5jxxkMIlv9p6mOuBR-1OGC1n" target="_blank">Confident Client Series</a>, and stay tuned for upcoming installments on questions to ask before hiring a designer and how to budget for your website.</p>


  




  




  
    <center></center>
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1763672466531-HBHS7EA271J7PHC79HYL/Designer+Calm.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">How a Web Designer Brings Calm &amp; Clarity to Your Website Project</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>8 Signs You Need a Website Redesign | A Helpful Guide</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Website Design</category><category>Services</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Sun, 16 Nov 2025 21:00:54 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/need-a-website-redesign</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:691a32da7782fc2b0ad4aa73</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large">If you feel a little knot in your stomach every time someone asks for your website link, you are not alone. Many smart, successful business owners quietly worry that their site is out of date, off-brand, or just not doing its job. When that happens, your website stops being an asset and starts working against you.</p><p class="">In this installment of the <strong><em>Confident Client Series</em>,</strong> we are talking about how to tell when you <strong>need a website redesign</strong>. We will walk through eight clear signs, some obvious and some a bit sneaky, so you can see where your site stands and whether waiting is costing you more than investing.</p><p class="">Your website is not just about looking pretty. It is about credibility, functionality, and real results. Let’s review the signs, one by one, so you can decide your next step with a lot more confidence.</p>


  




  





<iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/xnzEDiVpV98?si=iyVWZlrIT0iLBclu&amp;controls=0&amp;wmode=opaque" width="560" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" title="YouTube video player" height="315"></iframe>




  
    
  
  <h2><span data-text-attribute-id="de64afd8-ab12-4525-bf55-c3914f18281f" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Welcome to the Confident Client Series</strong></span></h2><p class="">I am Meg, a Squarespace web designer and SEO specialist, and I like to think of myself as <strong>your <em>confidence catalyst</em>.</strong> I work with women service providers and creative professionals who are amazing at what they do, but whose websites have not kept pace with their expertise.</p><p class="">Here is what often happens:</p><p class="">You grow, your skills grow, your reputation grows, but your website stays stuck at version 1.0. That gap between your actual business and your online presence quietly chips away at your confidence and your opportunities.</p><p class=""><strong>The Confident Client Series is here to help you:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Build confidence in your website decisions</p></li><li><p class="">Avoid feeling embarrassed when someone asks for your link</p></li><li><p class="">Attract more of your ideal, ready-to-book clients</p></li></ul><p class="">If you want to follow along with the full series, you can watch the playlist on YouTube: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLkn-QCscr5jxxkMIlv9p6mOuBR-1OGC1n" target="_blank">The Confident Client Series Playlist.</a></p><p class="">Today’s focus: eight signs your website may be holding you back, and how to know if it is time to stop putting off a redesign.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="52f5694d-5e10-4769-9874-2ad929172974" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Sign 1: Your Website Looks Dated</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>Why an Old Look Hurts Your Credibility</strong></h3><p class="">When someone lands on your site, they form an opinion in seconds. If your website looks like it is stuck in 2015 or, honestly, the 90s, they will start asking themselves questions like:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Is this business still active?</p></li><li><p class="">Do they pay attention to details?</p></li><li><p class="">If they do not care about their site, will they care about my project?</p></li></ul><p class="">Those thoughts happen before they read a single line of your copy. A dated website can knock down your credibility right out of the gate, even if you are excellent at what you do.</p><h3><strong>Common Signs Your Site Is Out of Date</strong></h3><p class="">Here are some visual and design clues that your site is living in the past:</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Flash animations,</strong> or autoplay music or video that starts with sound. These are not only annoying, they are also bad for accessibility and can hurt SEO. A subtle, silent background video can be fine, but blaring sound is a no.</p></li><li><p class="">Tiny text on busy, patterned backgrounds that make content hard to read.</p></li><li><p class="">Too many fonts fighting for attention. You only need three at most: one for headings, one for body text, and one accent font.</p></li><li><p class="">Outdated photos, whether that is old headshots that no longer look like you, or overused stock images that people have seen everywhere.</p></li><li><p class="">A design style that does not match your field. Think cute cartoons and playful handwritten fonts for a lawyer or financial coach. It sends the wrong signal.</p></li></ol><p class="">Design trends change for a reason. The goal is not to chase every trend, but to have a site that feels <strong>current</strong>, clean, and professional. <em>If your site feels like a time capsule from 2015, it is time to update it.</em></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="53cbdffe-caff-448b-bb8c-a7dc2a4bcf14" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Sign 2: It Is Not Mobile Friendly</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>The Reality of Mobile Traffic</strong></h3><p class="">More than half of web traffic now comes from phones. In the second quarter of 2025, mobile devices (excluding tablets) made up over 60% of global website traffic, according to <a href="https://www.statista.com/statistics/277125/share-of-website-traffic-coming-from-mobile-devices/?srsltid=AfmBOoqYjYISthZ7AoyX1j2ScEXSJ5qU4rOBiFJP9EP1IdSVLvrFBsiT" target="_blank">this Statista report</a>. If your site is not mobile friendly, you might be turning away the majority of your visitors without even realizing it.</p><h3><strong>What a Non-Mobile-Friendly Site Looks Like</strong></h3><p class="">Some red flags:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Text is so small that people have to pinch and zoom just to read it.</p></li><li><p class="">Buttons or links are tiny or crammed together, making it hard to tap the right one.</p></li><li><p class="">Images do not resize for smaller screens, so text and images overlap or leave big blank gaps.</p></li><li><p class="">The site loads slowly on a phone, so people give up before they even see your content.</p></li></ul><p class="">Picture someone who just met you at a networking event. They are curious about your work, so they pull out their phone, type in your URL, and land on a messy, broken mobile layout. They will probably close the tab and forget about it. That is an opportunity you never even know you lost.</p><p class="">Modern platforms like Squarespace support mobile responsive design, which means one site that adjusts to different screen sizes. If your current website cannot do that, it is a strong sign you need a website redesign.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="9d20fe05-76bc-4f74-8b7a-fda5f1a65371" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Sign 3: Your Website No Longer Reflects Your Business</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>When Your Site Tells an Old Story</strong></h3><p class="">Your business is not static. You grow, your services change, your ideal clients shift. Problems show up when your website does not keep up. Some common scenarios:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You have changed or expanded your services, but your site still shows your old offers.</p></li><li><p class="">Your ideal client has become more specific, but your copy still talks to everyone.</p></li><li><p class="">You have raised your rates, yet your site keeps attracting bargain hunters.</p></li><li><p class="">You have niched down, but your site still feels generalized and vague.</p></li><li><p class="">Your brand has matured, but your website still has a beginner or DIY feel.</p></li></ul><p class="">When your website tells an old story, you either attract the wrong people or confuse the right ones. Both make it harder to book the kind of work you actually want.</p><p class=""><strong>Ask yourself: <em>If your dream client landed on your homepage today, would they immediately understand that you are the right person for them based on your copy, design, and images?</em></strong> If not, it is time to align your website with the business you have now, not the one you had three years ago.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="0e91cd15-0bac-4a54-985e-a10cdf16dd97" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Sign 4: Your Website Is Not Converting Visitors</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>Your Website Needs a Job</strong></h3><p class="">A website should not just sit on the internet as a digital brochure. It needs a clear job, such as:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Turning visitors into leads or clients</p></li><li><p class="">Growing your email list</p></li><li><p class="">Booking a service or consultation</p></li><li><p class="">Selling a product or course</p></li></ul><p class="">If you are getting traffic but no one is contacting you, booking, or buying, something in the experience is broken.</p><h3><strong>Common Conversion Killers</strong></h3><p class="">Here are some things that often stop visitors from taking action:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">No clear call to action telling people what to do next.</p></li><li><p class="">Too many choices on a page, which leads to decision fatigue.</p></li><li><p class="">No trust signals, like testimonials, credentials, case studies, or a photo of you.</p></li><li><p class="">A confusing value proposition that does not explain what you do and why it matters.</p></li><li><p class="">Contact forms that are buried or, even worse, broken.</p></li><li><p class="">Very slow load times that cause people to leave before the page even finishes.</p></li></ul><h3><strong>How To Check If Your Site Is Working</strong></h3><p class="">This is where you need to be a little brave and look at your numbers. Tools like <a href="https://link.floatinglotusdesign.com/fathom-analytics" target="_blank"><strong>Fathom Analytics*</strong></a>, <strong>Google Analytics,</strong> and <strong>Google Search Console</strong> can show you what is actually happening on your site.</p><p class="">Watch for red flags like:</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">High bounce rates, which means people leave immediately after one page.</p></li><li><p class="">Low clicks on your main call-to-action buttons.</p></li><li><p class="">Very short time on site, such as under 30 seconds.</p></li><li><p class="">No or very few form submissions, assuming your form works.</p></li><li><p class="">A conversion rate that is far below what you expect, once you compare visitors to actions.</p></li></ol><p class="">A good web designer does not just make things look nice. They plan a clear user journey that guides visitors toward the next step you want them to take. That is the difference between having a pretty website and having a real business tool.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="d77eb611-c421-489c-bf07-b9be7eb1fd03" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Sign 5: You Feel Embarrassed To Share Your Website Link</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>The “Please Don’t Ask for My URL” Feeling</strong></h3><p class="">This one is less about tech and more about how your site makes you feel. You might notice that:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You make excuses when someone asks for your website.</p></li><li><p class="">You send people to your Instagram or LinkedIn instead of your site.</p></li><li><p class="">You say, “It is under construction” or “It is being updated” even though nothing has changed in months.</p></li><li><p class="">You avoid networking situations because you do not want to share your link.</p></li><li><p class="">You <em>cringe on the inside</em> when you type your own URL.</p></li></ul><p class="">Your website should be something you are proud of, not something you are trying to hide.</p><h3><strong>How This Affects Your Confidence</strong></h3><p class="">When you do not trust your own website, it affects more than your marketing. It can impact:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">How confidently you talk about your services</p></li><li><p class="">How you handle pricing conversations</p></li><li><p class="">How you show up online and in person</p></li></ul><p class="">Potential clients can feel that hesitation. On the flip side, imagine how it would feel to happily include your website on your business card, your email signature, and in every DM or introduction. That kind of quiet confidence is contagious, and it changes how people respond to you.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="14a1b201-65f6-4991-95bd-2b4517383387" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Sign 6: You Cannot Update Your Website Yourself</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>When Your Site Feels “Locked”</strong></h3><p class="">If every small update requires a designer or developer, your website may be controlling you instead of the other way around. Some signs:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You do not have backend access or the right permissions to log in and edit your site.</p></li><li><p class="">The platform is so old or clunky that you cannot figure out how to use it.</p></li><li><p class="">You have to email your designer or developer for every tiny change, even when you would rather just do it yourself.</p></li><li><p class="">Adding a simple blog post feels like rocket science.</p></li><li><p class="">You are afraid to touch anything because you worry you might break it.</p></li><li><p class="">Each small change is billed as a separate task, and you are paying <strong>$100+ per update</strong>.</p></li></ul><h3><strong>Why This Costs You Time and Money</strong></h3><p class="">Your business changes often. You may:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Launch new services</p></li><li><p class="">Update your prices</p></li><li><p class="">Add new testimonials</p></li><li><p class="">Adjust your schedule or availability</p></li></ul><p class="">If you cannot update your website quickly, your content becomes inaccurate. That confuses clients, creates extra back-and-forth, and adds unnecessary stress for you.</p><p class="">Many modern platforms, like Squarespace, are designed so business owners can make day-to-day edits without needing to code. A professional designer can set everything up for you, then hand over a site that is easy to maintain so you can stay in control.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="02e47408-7aec-4a20-aa21-9d4b176c7494" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Sign 7: Your Website Is Hurting Your SEO</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>Technical Issues That Keep You Invisible</strong></h3><p class="">If your site never shows up in search results when people look for what you do, your SEO might be suffering. Some common technical issues:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Very slow loading pages</p></li><li><p class="">A site that is not mobile friendly</p></li><li><p class="">Broken links throughout your site</p></li><li><p class="">Missing page titles and meta descriptions</p></li><li><p class="">Poor use of headings, which makes your content harder for search engines to understand</p></li><li><p class="">Huge, uncompressed images that slow things down</p></li><li><p class="">No SSL security certificate</p></li><li><p class="">Your site has never been submitted to Google or Bing for indexing</p></li></ul><p class="">If search engines cannot properly read or access your site, they will not show it to people, even if your services are a great match.</p><h3><strong>Why This Matters for Real Clients</strong></h3><p class="">Think about local searches like “therapist near me” or “business coach in Boston.” If your website has technical problems and never appears in those results, people will contact your competitors instead.</p><p class="">This is not just about traditional search anymore. With more people asking AI tools for recommendations, having a clear, technically sound website and strong SEO foundation helps those systems recognize your brand and share it.</p><p class="">A professional redesign with solid SEO baked in from the start is often easier and more effective than patching an old, broken site piece by piece.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="5504d13c-1659-4420-854d-f67e8d6a7dee" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Sign 8: Your Website Is Costing You Opportunities</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>The Hidden Losses You Do Not See</strong></h3><p class="">Some of the biggest costs of a weak website are invisible. For example:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Potential clients choose a competitor whose site looks more polished.</p></li><li><p class="">People are not sure you are still in business because your site looks abandoned.</p></li><li><p class="">You miss out on partnerships or collaborations because your site does not look professional enough.</p></li><li><p class="">You are not listed in directories or featured in articles because your site does not meet their standards.</p></li><li><p class="">You hold back from charging premium prices because your site does not look premium.</p></li></ul><p class="">You may never know how many people landed on your site, took one look, and closed the tab.</p><h3><strong>Finding Your Tipping Point</strong></h3><p class="">Every month you wait to fix an underperforming website, you are paying an opportunity cost in lost leads, lost credibility, and lost confidence. You might not see the exact dollar amount, but it is there.</p><p class=""><strong>Consider this: <em>If a redesign helped you bring in just one additional ideal client per quarter, what would that be worth to your business?</em> In many cases, the cost of waiting is higher than the cost of the redesign itself.</strong></p><p class="">The tipping point is when the cost of not redesigning your site is greater than the cost of doing it. If you feel like you are already there, that is an important signal.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="20eb2f9a-070c-4c9b-a7a6-4dc0c091c233" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Recap: Do You Need a Website Redesign?</strong></span></h2><p class="">Let’s quickly run through the eight signs again. It might be time for a redesign if:</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Your website looks outdated or unprofessional.</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Your site is not mobile friendly.</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Your site does not reflect your current business.</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>You are getting traffic but not conversions.</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>You feel embarrassed to share your link.</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>You cannot update your site yourself.</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Your SEO is suffering because of technical issues.</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>You are missing out on real, revenue-generating opportunities.</strong></p></li></ol><p class="">If you checked off more than three of these, your website is likely holding you back.</p><p class=""><strong><em>There really is no neutral. Your website is either working for you or against you every single day. If it is working against you, every day you wait means more lost credibility and more missed opportunities.</em></strong></p><p class=""><strong>The good news is that a redesign is not just about fixing something broken. It is about creating something you are proud of, that shows who you are now, and that supports where you want your business to go. That can feel empowering instead of overwhelming.</strong></p><p class="">If you had any lightbulb moments while reading this, write them down. Notice which sign hit home the most. And if you want more support as you think through hiring a designer, keep following the Confident Client Series, where we will be talking about how a designer can make the process calm, clear, and even simple.</p><p class=""><a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/services"><strong>Curious if I can help? Check out my services and book a discovery call!</strong></a></p><p class="">Your website can be one of your strongest tools. When you <strong>need a website redesign</strong> and finally say yes to it, you open the door to more aligned clients, more ease, and a lot more confidence in how you show up online.</p>


  




  




  
    <center></center>
  

<hr />
  
    
  


  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  



<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1763327012154-SSPTIZNUBJX0DFWSG75M/8+Signs+for+Redesign.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">8 Signs You Need a Website Redesign | A Helpful Guide</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>Ready to Hire a Web Designer? 5 Questions to Ask Yourself First</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Website Design</category><category>Business Tips</category><category>Confident Client Series</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Fri, 07 Nov 2025 20:20:32 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/ready-for-web-designer</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:690e54900acb1d2a52536799</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large">Are you thinking about hiring a web designer, but not sure if now is the right time, or worried it might be a really expensive mistake? In this first installment of the <strong><em>Confident Client Series</em></strong>, I’m sharing five questions to help you know, with confidence, whether you’re truly ready or if you should wait.</p><p class="">Web design is a significant investment of money, time, and energy. Jumping in too soon can lead to frustration, delays, and results that don’t serve your business, while waiting too long can mean missing out on opportunities every day. </p><p class="">I’m Meg, a Squarespace freelance web designer and SEO specialist. <strong><em>For this journey, I’ll be your confidence catalyst, helping you bridge the gap between your expertise and your website presence so you can show up confidently online.</em></strong> With deep technical expertise and a background in mindfulness and yoga, I bring calm, intentional energy to the process, because it shouldn’t feel overwhelming; it should feel empowering.</p><p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>This is the first step in a series designed to move you from uncertainty to a clear next step.</strong></p>


  




  





<iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/pma606uqXSE?si=wYHvoati5kP754Gt&amp;wmode=opaque" width="560" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" title="YouTube video player" height="315"></iframe>




  
    
  
  <p class="">If you prefer to watch, you can follow the full playlist here: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLkn-QCscr5jxxkMIlv9p6mOuBR-1OGC1n" target="_blank">The Confident Client Series on YouTube.</a></p><p class="">Let’s walk through five essential questions to check your readiness and set clear expectations.<br></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="bc9c369a-6921-458b-86ee-1c98c5677f37" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Question 1: Is Your Business Foundation Solid?</strong></span></h2><p class="">A website is most effective when your business foundation is clear. If you’re still changing your offer every week, a custom site can lock you into messaging that doesn’t fit for long.</p><h3><strong>Signs you’re ready to hire</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You’ve been in business at least 6 to 12 months.</p></li><li><p class="">You have a clear service offering and know what you sell.</p></li><li><p class="">You’ve worked with paying clients and delivered results.</p></li><li><p class="">You can articulate who your ideal client is.</p></li><li><p class=""><em>Ideally, you have testimonials or case studies to support your work.</em></p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>Why this matters:</em></strong> a strategic website amplifies what’s already working through thoughtful web design. When you know your offer, ideal client, and the transformation you provide, your website can showcase that clearly, inform necessary user research, and help you grow while enhancing the overall user experience (UX).</p><h3><strong>Signs you should wait</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You’re still figuring out your core services, or they keep changing.</p></li><li><p class="">You haven’t had any paying clients yet.</p></li><li><p class="">You’re unclear about who you want to serve.</p></li></ul><p class="">If you’re not there yet, that’s okay. Focus on getting clear on your offer, working with a few clients, and testing your messaging. A simple one-page site or even a strong social presence may be all you need for now. <strong>Starting too early can box you in and limit flexibility.</strong> When your foundations are set, your website will perform better and feel easier to maintain.</p><p class="">If you want more perspective on when a simple setup is enough, you may find this helpful: <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/do-you-need-a-website" target="_blank">benefits of a professional online presence.</a></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="12fafe33-342f-49a0-87e8-1245c81138df" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Question 2: Do You Have a Realistic Budget?</strong></span></h2><p class="">Let’s talk money. A professional website is an investment, and understanding the cost upfront will save stress later.</p><h3><strong>Understanding the costs</strong></h3><p class="">Professional custom website design typically ranges from $2,000 to $10,000 or more for custom design, depending on your business complexity, needs, and the freelance web designer you hire. These professional web design costs cover specialized skills like design, branding, seo, and copywriting, ensuring a polished result. <strong>If you’re expecting to pay a few hundred dollars, adjust your expectations or consider a different approach, especially when compared to using basic design tools.</strong></p><h3><strong>What budget clarity looks like</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You’ve researched typical investment ranges for your niche or industry.</p></li><li><p class="">The funds are allocated, not hypothetical.</p></li><li><p class="">You understand what’s included versus what costs extra.</p></li><li><p class="">You know there are ongoing costs, like hosting, domains, and any third-party apps integrations you require.</p></li><li><p class="">You see this as an investment in your business, not just an expense.</p></li></ul><h3><strong>Options if your budget is tight</strong></h3><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Start with a website builder like Squarespace and customize a template yourself.</p></li><li><p class="">Book a design day or a template customization service for a lower-cost web design option.</p></li><li><p class="">Ask about payment plans to spread the investment out.</p></li><li><p class="">Save now while preparing your content so you’re ready when the time comes.</p></li></ol><p class=""><strong><em>Avoid the cheapest option just to get something launched</em></strong><em>.</em> Cheap can become expensive when you need a professional to fix or rebuild later. If this is on your mind, you might like this breakdown of the <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/diy-web-design-budget-drain" target="">hidden costs of building your own website.</a></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="2d981d60-83a5-4be8-8490-ffd647b93b1a" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Question 3: Can You Commit the Time Required?</strong></span></h2><p class="">Hiring a web designer is not fully hands-off. Your input shapes the project, and your responsiveness keeps it moving.</p><p class=""><strong>Expectation reset</strong>: you can’t disappear and come back to a finished website. You’ll need to participate at key points.</p><h3><strong>Typical time commitments</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Discovery calls and strategy sessions: 1 to 2 hours.</p></li><li><p class="">Gathering content and assets: 5 to 10 hours, if your web designer isn’t writing your copy.</p></li><li><p class="">Reviewing designs and providing feedback: 3 to 5 hours.</p></li><li><p class="">Final review, revisions, and launch training: additional time at the end.</p></li></ul><p class="">Plan for at least 20 hours of your time, depending on project scope and pace.</p><h3><strong>Signs you’re ready</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You can carve out dedicated time and avoid major disruptions during the project.</p></li><li><p class="">You can respond within the timeframes in your contract with your web designer.</p></li><li><p class="">You’re willing to prioritize the project.</p></li></ul><h3><strong>Signs you should wait</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You’re overwhelmed with other priorities or a major life event.</p></li><li><p class="">You can’t respond to emails or communications in the timeframes required by your designer.</p></li><li><p class="">This would just be one more thing on your to-do list that pushes you over the edge.</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>A rushed, distracted client usually ends up with a rushed, unfocused website.</em></strong> Give the project the attention it deserves, including attention to detail in the design process, and your designer will deliver a better, cleaner result with a strong strategy, site usability, and successful web design outcomes, such as proper responsive design implementation.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="08c0eedd-c3ae-4308-8743-3b306958e8f8" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Question 4: Is Your Content Prepared or Preparable?</strong></span></h2><p class="">“Content” includes all the information and assets your site needs to tell your story and convert visitors into clients in your web design project.</p><h3><strong>What content includes</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Your story, services, process, and prices.</p></li><li><p class="">Professional photos of you, your work, or your space.</p></li><li><p class="">Branding basics, like logo, colors, and fonts.</p></li><li><p class="">Testimonials or case studies for social proof.</p></li><li><p class="">Any other assets you need, like videos, portfolios, or course materials.</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>Web designers have different processes. Some require everything before you start. Others build content support into the project.</em></strong></p><p class="">Here’s how a collaborative approach can look:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Branding:</strong> if you don’t have a logo, color palette, or font pairings, some designers can create those as part of your project, often incorporating graphic design elements. This is a service I provide, for example.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Copy:</strong> your designer may use a content workbook like I do to guide your answers, then draft your website copy from what you share. You don’t have to be a copywriter; you just need to talk about your business. Others may give you templates to fill out to guide you through writing it yourself, or they may also be copywriters who can write it all for you.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Photos:</strong> you’ll typically provide professional photos, or budget for AI photo shoots or curated stock images for an extra fee. Phone photos usually aren’t ideal for a professional site.</p></li></ul><h3><strong>Content readiness levels</strong></h3><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Level 1, ideal</strong>: everything is ready, from branding and photos to testimonials and messaging. You’re in great shape, and content readiness streamlines the design process.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Level 2, common</strong>: you have some pieces, can articulate what you do and who you serve, and either have photos or a plan to get them. Most designers can help fill gaps.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Level 3, needs prep</strong>: you’re starting from scratch, unsure how to explain your offer, with no photos, testimonials, or plan. Focus on clarity first and creating some content, then build the website. </p></li></ol><p class=""><strong><em>Tip:</em></strong><em> Ask potential designers what they require upfront versus what they help with before hiring. This saves you from scrambling to hire a separate copywriter or photographer at the last minute.</em></p><h3><strong>Essentials to bring regardless</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Clarity on your offer, ideal client, and what makes you different.</p></li><li><p class="">Photos, or a plan and budget to secure them.</p></li><li><p class="">Time to prepare content before the project starts, plus time to give thoughtful feedback during design.</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Photos can make or break your website.</strong> Budget for a professional shoot or plan for stock that aligns with your brand. This is not the place to cut corners. These elements also tie into the visual UI design, ensuring a cohesive look.</p><p class="">If you’re already thinking ahead about professional support, you can explore <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/services" target="">professional Squarespace design options</a> so you know what help is available when you’re ready, including viewing a portfolio of past work.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="07c30b88-c5d7-444c-809c-98740624f006" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Question 5: Are Your Goals and Expectations Clear?</strong></span></h2><p class="">“Because everyone has one” isn’t a goal. Your website needs a job to align with your business goals, or it’s hard to know if it’s working.</p><h3><strong>Clear, measurable goals might include</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Grow your email list by 50 subscribers per month.</p></li><li><p class="">Present a professional image when people Google you.</p></li><li><p class="">Get consistent signups to your course or coaching program.</p></li><li><p class="">Sell digital products via e-commerce platforms.</p></li><li><p class="">Stand out from competitors.</p></li><li><p class="">Generate 10 qualified leads per month.</p></li><li><p class="">Book 3 new clients per month.</p></li></ul><h3><strong>Unclear or unrealistic expectations look like</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">“I just need a website” or “I want it to be pretty.”</p></li><li><p class="">“I want to be on page one of Google right away.”</p></li><li><p class="">“I want it to do everything for everyone.”</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>Reality check</em>:</strong> your website is a tool, not magic. It won’t fill your calendar on its own, and it won’t replace your digital marketing. Addressing your SEO needs takes time and strategy. Your site won’t close every sale without effort. What it will do is work 24/7, build credibility, make your marketing more effective, and give potential clients a place to learn about you and take the next step.</p><p class="">When your business goals are clear, your designer can build a strategic web design that optimizes user experience (UX) with a user-centric mindset, and you can measure success through conversions with less guesswork.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="6cd1425d-9ab3-4d3d-ba37-d0a89914207d" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Quick Recap: Where Do You Stand?</strong></span></h2><p class="">Here’s a simple way to read your results:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Checked all five boxes? You’re likely ready to move forward.</p></li><li><p class="">Checked three or four? You’re close. Close the gaps, then start.</p></li><li><p class="">Checked one, two, or none? That’s useful information. Now you know what to focus on first.</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Wherever you are is okay.</strong> There’s no shame in waiting until you’re ready, and doing so can prevent expensive mistakes and a lot of stress. Give yourself permission to prepare well. When you do move forward, your web design process feels cleaner and the result works harder for your business.</p><p class="">If you want more inspiration for what’s possible, see the <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/portfolio" target="">case studies in website design</a>.</p><p class="">Thanks for reading. Take an honest look at where you are today, choose your next right step, and keep it simple. Your website is an <strong>investment</strong> in your growth, and you deserve a calm, clear, and supportive process. If you have questions or want to share where you’re at, feel free to comment and <strong><em>stay tuned for</em></strong> <strong><em>the next topic in the series, where we’ll talk about the signs it’s time for a website redesign.</em></strong></p><p class="">You can also watch the full video series here: <a href="https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLkn-QCscr5jxxkMIlv9p6mOuBR-1OGC1n" target="_blank"><span>Confident Client Series playlist on YouTube</span></a>.</p><p class="">Prefer to follow along by email? Sign up for my newsletter here:</p>


  




  




  
    <center></center>
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1762549511272-BF4ICW56MV26XXPJ5FPP/Ready+For+A+Designer+Feature+Image.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">Ready to Hire a Web Designer? 5 Questions to Ask Yourself First</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>5 Powerful Squarespace Images Tips | Complete Beginner Guide</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Tutorials</category><category>SEO</category><category>Website Design</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 23 Oct 2025 21:20:55 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/squarespace-images-tips</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:68fa91e73a5dc266e00b361a</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large">Clean, fast, and consistent visuals make your site feel professional. If your Squarespace images are blurry, slow to load, or hard to manage, you’ll feel it in your bounce rate, and your SEO, not to mention your sanity! Here are five powerful yet simple and practical tips to help you get crisp images, faster pages, and a smoother workflow, plus a quick bonus idea to spark your creativity.</p>


  




  





<iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/D4nnXNBP9CU?si=iqdyV5IU2CzOt9cy&amp;wmode=opaque" width="560" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" title="YouTube video player" height="315"></iframe>




  
    
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><em>I’ll walk you through all the tips, but if you prefer watching a tutorial, be sure to view the companion video on my YouTube channel.</em><br><br></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="7e1f2ce3-2a10-4e5c-87fe-ae2f599e61e0" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Tip 1: Choose the Best Format and Sizes for Squarespace Images</strong></span></h2><p class="">Start with high-quality images you have that offer strong image resolution and appropriate image dimensions, then optimize your images for the web. Use the formats Squarespace handles well: <strong>JPEG</strong>, <strong>PNG</strong>, or <strong>WebP</strong>. WebP is often the sweet spot because it produces smaller, high-quality files, and Squarespace now supports it. That usually means you can maintain image clarity without bulky file sizes.</p><p class="">As a rule of thumb, keep image file sizes small:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">General site images: aim for under 250 KB whenever possible.</p></li><li><p class="">Large, full-width, banner images, or banner-style images: keep them under 500 KB.</p></li></ul><p class="">This is guidance, not a hard law. You may need to make judgment calls to protect quality, especially for hero images or detailed photos. That said, converting to <strong>WebP</strong> usually helps you hit the sweet spot between quality and speed, while smaller file sizes improve page load speed, which is helpful for SEO optimization.</p><p class="">If you want a broader perspective on how images support your site overall, including sourcing and consistency, take a look at this article on the<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/images-for-website-design-success" target=""> strategic use of images in web design</a>. It pairs nicely with the technical tips below.</p><h3><strong>Tools for Compressing and Converting Images</strong></h3><p class="">You do not need a heavy design suite to optimize your images. Here are easy, free options:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>For Mac users:</strong> Right-click any image in Finder, select Quick Actions, then convert between JPEG and PNG. You cannot convert to WebP with this built-in option. <strong><em>Simple built-in tool for quick changes.</em></strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Web-based tool</strong>: Use<a href="https://squoosh.app/" target="_blank"> Squoosh for fast resizing, cropping images, and side-by-side quality previews</a>. Drag in your image, tweak the size and compression, preview with the slider, then download.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Favorite bulk tool</strong>:<a href="https://pixresize.com/" target="_blank"> PixResize by SquareStylist</a> lets you resize, convert to jpg, png, and webp, and process images in bulk. It is straightforward, fast, and includes a short tutorial.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Extra time-saver:</strong> If you use SEOSpace, you can scan your site for oversized images and compress flagged files right there.&nbsp;</p></li></ul>


  




  




  
    
  


  
  <p class="">Here is a quick reference you can save:</p>


  




  














































  

    
  
    

      

      
        <figure class="
              sqs-block-image-figure
              intrinsic
            "
        >
          
        
        

        
          
            
          
            
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                <img data-stretch="false" data-image="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/41c592d2-5703-4be4-990f-bf4f662b9384/Image+Table.webp" data-image-dimensions="1000x450" data-image-focal-point="0.5,0.5" alt="" data-load="false" elementtiming="system-image-block" src="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/41c592d2-5703-4be4-990f-bf4f662b9384/Image+Table.webp?format=1000w" width="1000" height="450" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 100vw" onload="this.classList.add(&quot;loaded&quot;)" srcset="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/41c592d2-5703-4be4-990f-bf4f662b9384/Image+Table.webp?format=100w 100w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/41c592d2-5703-4be4-990f-bf4f662b9384/Image+Table.webp?format=300w 300w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/41c592d2-5703-4be4-990f-bf4f662b9384/Image+Table.webp?format=500w 500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/41c592d2-5703-4be4-990f-bf4f662b9384/Image+Table.webp?format=750w 750w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/41c592d2-5703-4be4-990f-bf4f662b9384/Image+Table.webp?format=1000w 1000w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/41c592d2-5703-4be4-990f-bf4f662b9384/Image+Table.webp?format=1500w 1500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/41c592d2-5703-4be4-990f-bf4f662b9384/Image+Table.webp?format=2500w 2500w" loading="lazy" decoding="async" data-loader="sqs">

            
          
        
          
        

        
      
        </figure>
      

    
  


  



  
    
  
  <h3><strong>Deep Dive Resources</strong></h3><p class="">If you want to nerd out on pixel sizes, how Squarespace works with different image file types, and what really happens behind the scenes, watch this detailed explainer by Katelyn Dekle. It is a great complement to these quick-start tips.</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><a href="https://youtu.be/hz_Cz2s7NYQ?si=ixuWvG0ogv14DY4z" target="_blank">Katelyn Dekle’s deep dive on Squarespace image behavior</a></p></li></ul><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="f4db44ea-d5a1-47b9-8377-67ca927a6af5" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Tip 2: Master Alt Text for SEO and Accessibility</strong></span></h2><p class="">Alt text does double duty. It helps with <strong>SEO</strong> by describing the image content to search engines, and it improves <strong>accessibility</strong> for people using screen readers. Keep it short, accurate, and helpful. Describe what is in the image and what matters about it in context.</p><h3><strong>Pro Tip for Saving Alt Text</strong></h3><p class="">When you add alt text directly inside an image block, there is a small quirk that can trip you up. Follow this process to make sure your edits stick:</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Open the image block editor.</p></li><li><p class="">Type your alt text into the field.</p></li><li><p class="">Click outside the image block, somewhere else on the page, to close the block and trigger the save.</p></li></ol><p class="">Avoid pressing Enter or Save while your cursor is still inside the field. It sometimes fails to apply, which can be frustrating. A quick scan with SEOSpace after you finish edits can confirm nothing went missing.<br> <strong><em>This small habit saves heartache later.</em></strong></p>


  




  














































  

    
  
    

      

      
        <figure class="
              sqs-block-image-figure
              intrinsic
            "
        >
          
        
        

        
          
            
          
            
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                <img data-stretch="false" data-image="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/adc98033-b750-4508-a0a6-9b6d4b469575/Alt+text+saving+tip.gif" data-image-dimensions="800x317" data-image-focal-point="0.5,0.5" alt="" data-load="false" elementtiming="system-image-block" src="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/adc98033-b750-4508-a0a6-9b6d4b469575/Alt+text+saving+tip.gif?format=1000w" width="800" height="317" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 100vw" onload="this.classList.add(&quot;loaded&quot;)" srcset="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/adc98033-b750-4508-a0a6-9b6d4b469575/Alt+text+saving+tip.gif?format=100w 100w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/adc98033-b750-4508-a0a6-9b6d4b469575/Alt+text+saving+tip.gif?format=300w 300w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/adc98033-b750-4508-a0a6-9b6d4b469575/Alt+text+saving+tip.gif?format=500w 500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/adc98033-b750-4508-a0a6-9b6d4b469575/Alt+text+saving+tip.gif?format=750w 750w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/adc98033-b750-4508-a0a6-9b6d4b469575/Alt+text+saving+tip.gif?format=1000w 1000w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/adc98033-b750-4508-a0a6-9b6d4b469575/Alt+text+saving+tip.gif?format=1500w 1500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/adc98033-b750-4508-a0a6-9b6d4b469575/Alt+text+saving+tip.gif?format=2500w 2500w" loading="lazy" decoding="async" data-loader="sqs">

            
          
        
          
        

        
      
        </figure>
      

    
  


  



  
    
  
  <h3><strong>Common Pitfalls to Avoid</strong></h3><p class="">This save trick applies to image blocks you edit directly. If you are using <a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/squarespace-ai-seo-tools" target="">Squarespace’s built-in SEO tools</a> to manage alt text, you will follow that tool’s flow instead.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="03ee4c4a-809b-4f47-9bd4-8efa185ec2e3" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Tip 3: Keep Text and Images Separate</strong></span></h2><p class="">Resist the urge to upload a Squarespace images that already has text baked into them. Use <strong>separate text blocks</strong> layered with image blocks to get the look you want. It is a small change that solves big problems.</p><p class=""><strong>Why it matters:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Your design adapts better to different screen sizes and image layouts. Text stays readable on mobile instead of shrinking or getting cropped.</p></li><li><p class="">Search engines can read your headings and content, which supports your SEO.</p></li><li><p class="">You can edit text later without recreating graphics.</p></li></ul><h3><strong>How to Layer Effectively</strong></h3><p class="">Squarespace makes layering simple, especially when using the Fluid Engine editor. For instance, when working with a Section background image, this layering technique is necessary to maintain flexibility. Use an image block as your background, then add a text block on top. Adjust placement, font size, and contrast so it is readable on both desktop and mobile.</p><p class=""><strong>Benefits you will notice:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Better responsiveness across devices.</p></li><li><p class="">Easier editing without opening a design tool.</p></li><li><p class=""><em>Layering adds a clean, professional polish without headaches.</em></p></li></ul><p class="">For a full walkthrough of this concept with visuals and examples, check out this guide on<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/embedded-image-text-seo-impact" target=""> why embedding text in images hurts SEO and user experience</a>.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="b99fe11d-0457-4eb3-95bb-784d92122391" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Tip 4: Use Descriptive Image File Names</strong></span></h2><p class="">Your future self will thank you for tidy file names. Skip the random strings of letters and numbers that pile up over time.</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Avoid: <em>IMG_1234.jpg</em>; Use: <em>homepage-banner-sunset.jpg</em></strong></p></li></ul><p class="">A clear, descriptive name helps you search, identify the right file, and keep your asset library manageable as your site grows.</p><h3><strong>Best Practices for Naming</strong></h3><p class="">Use simple, consistent patterns for your image file name:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Include what the image shows, where it belongs, or its purpose, like the page or section.</p></li><li><p class="">Keep it short and clear so you can scan it quickly.</p></li><li><p class="">Rename files before you upload them to Squarespace for the cleanest workflow.</p></li></ul><p class="">This small habit saves time when you need to swap an image, build a new page, or clean up your library later.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="a44a04b8-4064-4193-b390-a5e849107312" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Tip 5: Organize Your Asset Library</strong></span></h2><p class="">Squarespace images build up fast. A clean asset library makes your site easier to maintain, whether you are adding new content or doing a seasonal refresh. The benefit is simple: <strong>an</strong> <strong>easier life down the road</strong>.</p><p class=""><strong><em>Trust me</em></strong>. I know of what I speak! I’ve been designing Squarespace websites long before folders were available. It wasn’t pretty.</p><p class="">Not sure where to start? This walk-through shows the core features and how to make folders work for you:<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/squarespace-asset-library-tutorial" target=""> Squarespace asset library for image management</a>.</p><h3><strong>Using Folders in Squarespace</strong></h3><p class="">Folders keep your library clean and make uploads less chaotic. Build a structure that matches how you think and work; this structure is vital for grouping content, like in Gallery Sections.</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Open your site’s asset library.</p></li><li><p class="">Create folders to group related images.</p></li><li><p class="">Upload and sort images into logical categories that you will remember.</p></li></ol><p class="">Helpful examples:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Blog Images</p></li><li><p class="">Product Photos</p></li><li><p class="">Homepage Banners</p></li><li><p class="">Testimonial Headshots</p></li><li><p class="">Gallery Images</p></li></ul><p class="">This also helps if you bring in a designer later. A tidy library speeds up their work and makes it easier to keep your site consistent.</p><h3><strong>Cleanup Habits</strong></h3><p class="">Set a recurring reminder to review and delete unused images. A tidy library helps maintain overall image consistency across the site, keeping things lean and saving you from digging through clutter.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="ea504003-0e46-4cee-9c4d-09e13892bf80" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Bonus Tip: Have Fun With Your Images</strong></span></h2><p class="">You deserve some creative playtime. Images can do more than fill space. Try playing with different shapes, layering photos with colored shape blocks, experimenting with text overlays, or adding subtle image effects that match your brand. These image editing endeavors keep it clean and inviting, but do not be afraid to try something new. It’s not all about file sizes and image optimization for SEO.<br><strong><em>Enjoy the process!</em></strong></p><h3><strong>Ideas for Experimentation</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Layer images with image shapes for simple color overlays.</p></li><li><p class="">Use subtle effects to add personality without stealing focus from your content.</p></li><li><p class="">If you want a step-by-step tutorial on design effects, let me know. If enough folks are curious, I will put a video together.</p></li></ul><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="f42942b8-98d4-4dd8-9d89-6fc1de4cb12b" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Wrapping Up</strong></span></h2><p class="">Small improvements go a long way towards effective image optimization. Choose the right formats, manage the file size of your images, write helpful alt text, separate your text from images, and keep your library organized. These habits make your Squarespace images look better, load faster, and work harder for you. If you want to go deeper into file organization, revisit the<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/squarespace-asset-library-tutorial" target=""> tutorial on Squarespace’s asset library features</a>, and for SEO and UX, this reminder about<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/embedded-image-text-seo-impact" target=""> why image text hurts your site’s performance</a> is a must-read. Have fun experimenting, and build a site that feels <strong>simple</strong> to manage and easy to love.</p>


  




  




  
    <center></center>
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1761337265090-TI8A4GX34Q8KYKCHX3NM/5+Image+Tips+Feature.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">5 Powerful Squarespace Images Tips | Complete Beginner Guide</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>Google Analytics Alternative: Why Fathom Analytics Won Me Over</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Recommendations</category><category>Reviews</category><category>Favorites</category><category>Business Tips</category><category>Tools</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 01 Sep 2025 19:30:58 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/alternative-to-google-analytics</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:68b5ca7ec7b08b30377834a0</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large">You open Google Analytics, hoping for a quick answer. <strong><em>"How's my blog doing?</em></strong>" or <strong><em>"Which page got the most traffic?"</em></strong> and suddenly you're staring at a wall of confusing charts and metrics that might as well be written in hieroglyphics.</p><p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>When analytics feel complicated, people avoid them. And when you avoid your website data, you miss opportunities to grow and make better decisions about your content and your business.</strong></p><p class=""><strong>That's why I went hunting for something better,</strong> not just for myself, but for clients who deserve to feel confident about their website performance. I needed something <strong>simple, privacy-focused, and easy enough to set up without requiring a PhD in Google Analytics.</strong></p><p class=""><strong>Enter Fathom Analytics. Now I can set up clean, simple dashboards for clients that actually make sense. I</strong>nstead of dreading their monthly stats review, they genuinely enjoy seeing their progress.</p><p class="">This post and companion YouTube video break down my experience switching from Google Analytics to Fathom—what I love about it, what drove me to make the change, and how to decide if it's the right move for your website too.</p>


  




  





  <h3>What You'll Learn in This Article</h3>
  
    
  






<iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/puemALIAd5M?si=7R9EkwmsyXl9OSjR&amp;controls=0&amp;wmode=opaque" width="550" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" title="YouTube video player" height="634"></iframe>




  
    
  
  <h2><span data-text-attribute-id="b2e32f19-4101-4f68-93e2-322e4a808fb9" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Understanding Website Analytics: Why Simplicity and Privacy Matter</strong></span></h2><p class="">We all want to understand our website performance—how people discover us, what pages they visit, where they click, and what drives their user behavior.</p><p class=""><strong>These insights aren’t just numbers; they guide crucial business and creative decisions:</strong> what content to create, how to enhance your shop, and where to focus your marketing efforts.</p><p class=""><strong>But let’s be honest, <em>complexity</em> often gets in the way.</strong> Google Analytics became the gold standard not because it’s simple, but because it’s free and widely used. Yet “widely used” can quickly turn into “overwhelming.”</p><h3><strong>The Real Trouble with Complexity and Privacy</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Most website owners feel lost</strong> navigating endless settings, confusing reports, and multiple submenu layers.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong><em>Privacy</em> concerns are now paramount</strong>, no matter where your visitors come from.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Regulations like GDPR (Europe) and CCPA (California)</strong> enforce strict rules on how you collect and handle data.</p></li></ul><p class="">If you’re like most people, these challenges might make you avoid checking your analytics altogether. Or you might skim through the dashboard and guess. <strong><em>Sometimes, you may even skip tracking entirely.</em></strong> That’s a problem because consistently reviewing your website analytics significantly improves growth, user experience, and long-term success. <strong><em>You shouldn’t need a legal team or a technical background to understand what’s working.</em></strong></p><p class=""><span data-text-attribute-id="fa3f5cf3-4346-40cf-99bf-a9e963c4bfac" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>What if you could focus on the essential website data, with no legal stress, no confusion, and no hours-long tutorials?</strong></span></p><p class="">Before I get into the detailed comparison, <strong><em>let me show you how these tools stack up across the factors that matter most for business owners like you.</em></strong> This may help you visualize everything we're about to explore.</p>


  




  




  
    


    
        
            <h2 class="main-title">Analytics Tool Comparison</h1>
            <p>Feature-by-feature breakdown to help you choose</p>
        
        
        
            
                F
                Fathom Analytics
                Simple & Privacy-First
            
            
                GA
                Google Analytics
                Comprehensive & Feature-Rich
            
        
        
        
        
            
                
                    🔒
                    
                        Privacy Champion
                        Cookie-free tracking with no personal data collection. Fully GDPR compliant from day one without any configuration hassles.
                    
                
                
                    📊
                    
                        Data Collection Powerhouse
                        Extensive data tracking using cookies and personal information. Requires careful privacy compliance setup to meet GDPR requirements.
                    
                
            
            
            
                
                    ⚡
                    
                        Effortless Setup
                        Install in minutes with zero configuration headaches. Add one script tag and you're tracking immediately.
                    
                
                
                    🧩
                    
                        Complex Configuration
                        Overwhelming setup process with countless settings, goals, and filters that can confuse beginners and take hours to configure properly.
                    
                
            
            
            
                
                    🎯
                    
                        Essential Features
                        Basic events, UTM tracking, and multi-domain support. Everything most businesses actually need.
                    
                
                
                    🔬
                    
                        Advanced Analytics
                        Deep reporting, session recordings, conversion funnels, and detailed behavioral insights.
                    
                
            
            
            
                
                    💎
                    
                        Premium Value
                        Paid service with free trial - worth the investment in peace of mind.
                    
                
                
                    🆓
                    
                        Free Access
                        No monetary cost, but you pay with user data privacy and learning time.
                    
                
            
        
        
        
            <p>Your choice depends on what matters most: <span>simplicity and privacy</span> or <span>comprehensive data depth</span></p>
            <p>Consider your team's technical comfort level and your actual reporting needs before deciding</p>
        
    

  


  
    
  
  <p class="">This comparison framework will help you evaluate the detailed differences we're about to explore. Keep these key distinctions in mind as we dive deeper into why Google Analytics has become so problematic for business owners like you.</p><p class="">Fathom offers a free trial if you want to explore this approach while we examine these differences in detail</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="39844b21-e4ca-40be-8cde-c843f401e4e0" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>What is Fathom Analytics? A Privacy-Focused Alternative</strong></span></h2><p class=""><strong>Fathom Analytics offers a fresh approach: clear, simple dashboards that show you what you need at a glance, with privacy front and center.</strong></p><p class="">Built as an alternative to Google Analytics, Fathom is designed for those who want easy, honest reports instead of endless clicks and settings.</p><p class=""><span data-text-attribute-id="b6fb476b-f708-4e85-a8d1-6ebb301391a0" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Key features that make Fathom an appealing alternative to Google Analytics:</strong></span></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Easy setup:</strong> Enter your site’s URL, copy and paste a tiny code snippet, and you’re live. No piles of configuration screens.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Tiny, fast script:</strong> About 2KB, so your website stays speedy. <em>(GA4 is about 10x that size.)</em></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Import your old Google Analytics data:</strong> Keep your history with just a click. Plus Fathom keeps your data forever so you don’t worry about losing it.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Support for multiple domains:</strong> Perfect if you have sub-domains you'd like to keep track of separately, too.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Up to 50 websites per account:</strong> Great for anyone managing multiple websites. Agencies, designers, multi-passionate entrepreneurs. Only pay for one account!</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Basic event tracking:</strong> You can follow button clicks, sign-ups, and more, without complex tagging.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>UTM support:</strong> Track sources and campaigns with tappable ease.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>No cookies:</strong> In most cases, you can ditch the annoying cookie consent banners.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Privacy built in:</strong> Fathom won’t collect personal data, making it truly GDPR compliant and aligned with other privacy laws like CCPA.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Excellent support:</strong> Real humans reply fast, with actual help (imagine that!).</p></li></ul><p class="">Fathom delivers the numbers that matter—site traffic, referrals, bounces, conversions—without all the noise. </p><p class=""><strong><em>Whether you’re a numbers whiz or prefer “just show me the highlights,” its dashboard is a breath of fresh air.</em></strong></p><h3><strong>Why Legal Compliance Matters</strong></h3><p class="">Wherever your business or customers are located, privacy laws apply based on the location of your site visitors. Fathom Analytics respects these rules and is GDPR compliant, providing peace of mind.</p><p class="">If you need ironclad policies and want to keep your website safe from privacy drama, Fathom is a reliable choice trusted by teams like <a href="https://link.floatinglotusdesign.com/termageddon#rel=sponsored" target="_blank"><span>Termageddon</span></a>, experts in compliance and privacy standards.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="13a30589-39bc-49f2-8dfe-57408ab79760" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>The Problem with Google Analytics &amp; GA4 Overhaul</strong></span></h2><p class="">Google Analytics became the go-to tool for tracking website performance because it’s free and powerful. The downside? Powerful tools don’t always deliver simple or clear results. As Google added more features and deeper tracking to capture the entire customer journey, the interface morphed into a maze of buttons, graphs, and popups.</p><h3><strong>Common Issues with Google Analytics</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Overwhelming complexity:</strong> The vast number of menus, customizations, and reports can make it frustrating to find what you need quickly.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Steep learning curve:</strong> Even experienced website managers spend extra hours (and endure headaches) just trying to find the right data. I’m a data nerd and it drove me nuts.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Frequent updates:</strong> The launch of Google Analytics 4 (GA4) in 2024 only added to the challenge. Each update requires relearning parts of the platform.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Heavy, slow script:</strong> The tracking script is often 10 times larger than simpler alternatives like Fathom, which can drag down your site speed.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Personal data collection:</strong> Google captures detailed information—including IP addresses—triggering privacy laws and user consent requirements.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Mandatory privacy banners:</strong> Legal obligations mean you must have opt-in cookie banners, opt-outs, and privacy statements.</p></li></ul><p class="">For many people—especially if you’re not a data nerd—this complexity means you hardly use the tool at all. Important metrics remain overlooked, or you end up guessing.</p><p class=""><strong>Top frustrations with GA4 include:</strong></p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Cluttered interface with essential data hidden beneath layers.</p></li><li><p class="">New updates that disrupt your comfort zone just as you adjust.</p></li><li><p class="">Privacy regulations requiring cookie banners and opt-out options.</p></li><li><p class="">Slow site performance caused by bulky tracking code.</p></li><li><p class="">Users confronted with privacy popups that may cause them to bounce before engaging with your content.</p></li></ol><p class=""><strong><em>You shouldn’t have to become an expert in Google Analytics 4 just to see which blog post brought in readers last week.</em></strong></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="1a7d2c2d-1ee0-4649-9f82-a27829aa25ea" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Head-to-Head Comparison: Fathom Analytics vs Google Analytics</strong></span></h2><p class="">Here’s how Fathom and Google Analytics compare, helping you choose the best website analytics tool for your needs.</p><h3><strong>Setup and Implementation</strong></h3><p class=""><strong>Fathom Analytics:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Simply enter your website’s URL.</p></li><li><p class="">Copy and paste a small tracking code snippet.</p></li><li><p class="">For platforms like Squarespace, insert the code into the code injection header section.</p></li><li><p class="">You’ll start collecting tracking data almost immediately.</p></li><li><p class="">Clear metrics already on your dashboard without extra setup</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Google Analytics:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Requires signing up, creating a property, and configuring various settings.</p></li><li><p class="">Paste a larger tracking code on your website.</p></li><li><p class="">With Google Analytics 4, there’s an additional step to set up data streams.</p></li><li><p class="">Setup takes more time and can feel less intuitive.</p></li><li><p class="">Creating and understanding reports for what you need is yet another step and learning curve.</p></li></ul><h3><strong>User Interface and Dashboard Experience</strong></h3><p class=""><strong>Fathom:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Offers a tidy, user-friendly dashboard.</p></li><li><p class="">Core metrics—traffic, sources, bounce rates, and conversions—are easily accessible.</p></li><li><p class="">Quickly toggle key statistics on or off.</p></li><li><p class="">Simple date range selection and filters enable easy comparisons across days, weeks, or months.</p></li><li><p class="">Managing multiple websites or domains&nbsp; is straightforward.</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Google Analytics:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">The main dashboard aims to provide everything at once and it’s visually distracting.</p></li><li><p class="">Numerous tabs, options, and labels can make it hard to find what you need.</p></li><li><p class="">New users often feel overwhelmed.</p></li><li><p class="">Layouts and report names frequently change, especially with Google Analytics 4.</p></li></ul><h3><strong>Data and Features</strong></h3><p class=""><strong>Fathom:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Covers essential metrics like page views, referral sources, conversions, and basic events such as button clicks.</p></li><li><p class="">Supports UTM parameters for tracking campaigns.</p></li><li><p class="">While providing deeper insights if desired, it remains accessible at all levels.</p></li><li><p class="">Easily manage multiple domains within one account.</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Google Analytics:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Tracks a wide array of data. If you want to track it you can probably find it here. Somewhere.</p></li><li><p class="">Offers extensive data and customizable reporting, though many small businesses only utilize a fraction of its features.</p></li><li><p class="">The learning curve is steeper, leaving many advanced tools unused or data misunderstood.</p></li></ul><h3><strong>Privacy and Compliance</strong></h3><p class=""><strong>Fathom:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Operates without cookies or personal data collection.</p></li><li><p class="">Built-in compliance with GDPR and CCPA regulations.</p></li><li><p class="">Often eliminates the need for pop-up consent banners (though other website tools might still require one).</p></li><li><p class="">Prioritizes visitor privacy at every step.</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Google Analytics:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Collects a broad range of user data by default.</p></li><li><p class="">Uses cookies, creating legal obligations for consent banners and disclosures.</p></li><li><p class="">Faces ongoing scrutiny regarding privacy, especially for international traffic compliance.</p></li></ul><h3><strong>Cost</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Fathom Analytics</strong>: A paid solution with transparent monthly &amp; annual pricing and no hidden fees. You can <a href="https://link.floatinglotusdesign.com/fathom-analytics#rel=sponsored" target="_blank"><span>start a free trial and get $10 off your first invoice</span></a>.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Google Analytics</strong>: Free for most users, but the hidden cost involves investing more time learning the tool and managing privacy concerns. Or buying reporting templates from others to use instead.</p></li></ul><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="da5577ea-ed5b-4905-b2ca-098e997de85a" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Why I Chose to Switch to Fathom Analytics</strong></span></h2><p class=""><strong>For me, analytics isn’t just about having access—it’s about <em>actually using the data</em> to guide decisions</strong>. Even after years working in SEO analytics and web design, I found myself dreading Google Analytics because the platform felt overly complex and created friction at every step. In search of something simpler and more intuitive, I discovered Fathom.</p><p class=""><strong>What tipped the scales:</strong></p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Time saved on setup and reports:</strong> I could install Fathom on my client’s site within minutes, and it just works flawlessly.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>A simple dashboard that makes sense:</strong> Checking my stats became a quick daily habit instead of a chore. <em>(I mean, you don’t need to check them daily, but my point is now it’s actually fun to go look at them, so I do it more often!)</em></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Helping clients understand their customer journey:</strong> I can easily show even the “not techy” clients how to access their own analytics and build confidence in tracking progress.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Respecting visitor privacy:</strong> Fathom ensures I stay compliant, especially important with many visitors from Europe concerned about privacy and the potential legal issues surrounding it.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Multi-site management:</strong> I can monitor up to 50 websites on my account with seamless switching.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Flat pricing and no surprise costs:</strong> Predictable and reasonable expenses make business easier to manage!</p></li></ul><p class="">I also valued endorsements from privacy experts like the team at <a href="https://link.floatinglotusdesign.com/termageddon#rel=sponsored" target="_blank"><span>Termageddon</span></a>. After switching to Fathom, the reduction in stress was immediate. The peace of mind knowing both my visitors' privacy and my legal compliance are protected is worth every penny.</p><blockquote><p class=""><em>(If you're launching a new website, don’t forget the essentials—like how to </em><a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/submit-sitemap-connect-google-search-console" target=""><span><em>submit your sitemap to Google Search Console</em></span></a><em> to boost your site’s visibility online.)</em></p></blockquote><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="f21e102f-5403-4d0f-8840-bac9d74fef6d" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Quick Tour of the Fathom Analytics Dashboard</strong></span></h2><p class="">Let me paint a picture: You sign in, and all the data you care about is right there. No fishing around, no side menus. Here’s what you see and can do, step by step. You can also <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=puemALIAd5M&amp;t=575s" target="_blank"><span>watch my demo here at 9:35 in the YouTube video.</span></a></p>


  




  














































  

    
  
    

      

      
        <figure class="
              sqs-block-image-figure
              intrinsic
            "
        >
          
        
        

        
          <a class="
                sqs-block-image-link
                
          
        
              " href="https://link.floatinglotusdesign.com/fathom-analytics" target="_blank"
          >
            
          
            
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                <img data-stretch="false" data-image="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/71456f8b-23d0-49e6-b98e-5fcfb7c8f65c/Fathom+Dashboard+Image.webp" data-image-dimensions="1056x886" data-image-focal-point="0.5,0.5" alt="" data-load="false" elementtiming="system-image-block" src="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/71456f8b-23d0-49e6-b98e-5fcfb7c8f65c/Fathom+Dashboard+Image.webp?format=1000w" width="1056" height="886" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 100vw" onload="this.classList.add(&quot;loaded&quot;)" srcset="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/71456f8b-23d0-49e6-b98e-5fcfb7c8f65c/Fathom+Dashboard+Image.webp?format=100w 100w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/71456f8b-23d0-49e6-b98e-5fcfb7c8f65c/Fathom+Dashboard+Image.webp?format=300w 300w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/71456f8b-23d0-49e6-b98e-5fcfb7c8f65c/Fathom+Dashboard+Image.webp?format=500w 500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/71456f8b-23d0-49e6-b98e-5fcfb7c8f65c/Fathom+Dashboard+Image.webp?format=750w 750w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/71456f8b-23d0-49e6-b98e-5fcfb7c8f65c/Fathom+Dashboard+Image.webp?format=1000w 1000w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/71456f8b-23d0-49e6-b98e-5fcfb7c8f65c/Fathom+Dashboard+Image.webp?format=1500w 1500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/71456f8b-23d0-49e6-b98e-5fcfb7c8f65c/Fathom+Dashboard+Image.webp?format=2500w 2500w" loading="lazy" decoding="async" data-loader="sqs">

            
          
        
          </a>
        

        
      
        </figure>
      

    
  


  



  
    
  
  <p class="sqsrte-small">Image: Sample Dashboard from Fathom Analytics website</p><h3><strong>Dashboard Elements at a Glance</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Site selector and date filters:</strong> Choose which property to view, and select your timeframe—daily, weekly, monthly, or custom.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Core metrics:</strong> Instantly spot unique visitors, page views, average time on page, bounce rate, event completions, and overall site traffic.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Interactive graphs:</strong> Toggle individual metrics on or off, updating the chart instantly. So simple.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Drill-downs:</strong> Click into any page or metric for more detail—including which pages attract the most traffic and key insights into user behavior.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Referral sources:</strong> Icons show whether traffic is organic, direct, social, campaign-based, or even AI-driven. It’s easy to identify which platforms are sending the best traffic.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Device and location details:</strong> See device types, browsers, countries, regions, and even cities your visitors come from.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Event tracking:</strong> Monitor clicks or sign-ups set up with just a few clicks.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>UTM and source tracking:</strong> Check which marketing efforts—and even AI sources—bring you the highest quality visitors.</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong><em>This last feature has become unexpectedly important: as AI platforms increasingly surface content, Fathom’s tracking neatly reports this new traffic type.</em></strong> In Google Analytics, tracking this required custom segments and lots of effort to hunt the information down. Here, it’s just a tap on the source icon. Simple wins like this make all the difference.</p><p class=""><em>Tip: The dashboard feels like an app made for busy humans, not just data pros.</em></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="b1001b87-7026-46d2-9fb5-82848ce84805" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Pros and Cons Recap: Choosing Between Fathom and Google Analytics</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>Fathom Analytics Pros</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Strong privacy</strong> with GDPR compliant tracking and no personal data collected</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Simple, quick setup</strong> that enhances user experience</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Clean, readable dashboards</strong> for easy insights</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>No cookie consent needed</strong> for most visitors</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Tiny code ensures fast performance</strong> and minimal impact on your website</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Responsive, real support</strong> from the team</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Great for managing multiple websites efficiently</strong></p></li></ul><h3><strong>Fathom Analytics Cons</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Not free</strong>—offers a predictable monthly or annual fee</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Fewer advanced tracking features</strong>&nbsp;</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Limited integration</strong> options with some platforms (for now)</p></li></ul>


  




  



<hr />
  
    
  
  <h3><strong>Google Analytics Pros</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Free to use</strong> with powerful, granular tracking capabilities</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Wide range of integrations</strong> and extensive learning resources</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Industry standard</strong> trusted by many businesses</p></li></ul><h3><strong>Google Analytics Cons</strong></h3><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Complex interface</strong> with a steep learning curve</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Frequent updates</strong> can create confusion</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Privacy concerns and legal challenges</strong> around data collection</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Bulky script slows website performance</strong></p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Intimidates non-technical users</strong> and can harm overall user experience</p></li></ul><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="00fb1677-ebdd-4b02-80cd-106cf76f3677" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Who Should Consider Switching to Fathom Analytics?</strong></span></h2><p class="">If you find Google Analytics overwhelming or are exploring alternatives, Fathom could be a breath of fresh air if:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">You feel confused, frustrated, or “locked out” every time you open Google Analytics.</p></li><li><p class="">You value <strong>privacy</strong>—for both your brand and your audience.</p></li><li><p class="">You manage multiple websites (clients or your own) and want one streamlined interface within one paid account.</p></li><li><p class="">You run a blog, a small business, or a nonprofit and prefer to see only the essential analytics.</p></li><li><p class="">You want to <em>spend less time fiddling</em> and more time focusing on your work.</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Here’s a quick checklist:</strong></p><p class="">✅ Want <em>simple</em> analytics for quick check-ins</p><p class="">✅ Care about <strong>privacy compliance</strong></p><p class="">✅ Manage more than one website or domain</p><p class="">✅ Get tired of fussing with cookie banners and privacy notices</p><p class="">✅ Wish analytics just “worked,” so you can focus on your business</p><p class="">If that sounds like you, sign up for a <a href="https://link.floatinglotusdesign.com/fathom-analytics#rel=sponsored" target="_blank"><span>Fathom free trial with $10 off your first invoice*</span></a>.</p>


  




  




  
    
  


  
    
  
  <p class="">For practical web design, SEO and business tips delivered right to your inbox, join my free website design newsletter. It’s where I share insights before they hit the blog.</p>


  




  




  
    <center></center>
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1756755219115-U1ECMYGA041CZ0U3GRIW/Google+vs+Fathom.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">Google Analytics Alternative: Why Fathom Analytics Won Me Over</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>The Perfect Website Myth: Why Progress Beats Perfection</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Business Tips</category><category>Website Design</category><category>SEO</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 19 Jun 2025 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/perfect-website-myth-progress-over-perfection</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:685305fe3bf9220e20e1b65e</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large">Picture this: you've been "almost ready" to launch your website for... how long now? Three weeks? Two months? If you're nodding along, feeling called out, you're definitely not alone—<strong>you've fallen for the perfect website myth.</strong></p><p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>Here's my confession:</strong> <em>I fell into the exact same trap I help my clients avoid when launching their websites. And it cost me three months of business I'll never get back.</em></p>


  




  



<hr />

<iframe allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Pw2ci1oE-A8?modestbranding=1&amp;showinfo=0&amp;wmode=opaque" width="550" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" type="text/html" height="634"></iframe>




  
    
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><em>Prefer to listen while you work? I've got you covered with my companion YouTube video below—perfect if you're more of an auditory learner or want to hear the full story behind my three-month delay.</em></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="20dddbbf-1d80-49f8-a159-a89281fa4230" class="sqsrte-text-highlight">When the Perfect Website Myth Becomes Your Biggest Enemy</span></h2><p class="">In January 2024, I made a decision about launching my website rebrand. My business was evolving, my niche was sharpening, and my website needed to reflect that growth. Simple plan: rebrand and launch by the end of the month.</p><p class="">Reality check? I didn't launch until April.</p><p class="">Three. Whole. Months. Late.</p><p class="">Why? Because I got caught in the perfect website myth that swallows so many of us when we're trying to launch our websites. You know the drill—rewriting copy for the hundredth time, agonizing over whether that blue should be two shades lighter, redesigning pages that were already perfectly functional.</p><p class="">And that logo I've been meaning to update? It's still sitting on my to-do list over a year later! Here's the kicker—I don't think my "imperfect" logo has cost me a single client. But those three months of hiding? They definitely cost me opportunities.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="181e003f-5a1b-48a1-9f84-773bab513332" class="sqsrte-text-highlight">The Truth About Launching Your Website (And What Actually Matters)</span></h2><p class="">Let's get real about what matters when launching your website, because the perfect website myth has convinced us to focus on all the wrong things.</p><p class="">Research shows people form an opinion about your website in half a second. Not half an hour—half a second. The average visitor spends just 54 seconds total on your site. And if they have a poor experience, 88% won't return.</p><p class="">But here's what's fascinating: that poor experience usually isn't about design. It's about broken functionality.</p><p class="">Your visitors aren't studying your color palette like an art critic. They're not measuring whether your margins are perfectly aligned. They want to find what they need, understand how you can help them, and take action seamlessly.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="453e8bcc-1302-43e2-a260-31b946c520b9" class="sqsrte-text-highlight">The Three Essentials for Successfully Launching Your Website</span></h2><p class="">After years of designing websites and watching what actually moves the needle when launching websites, I've identified three essentials that I believe matter more than any design detail the perfect website myth tells you to obsess over.</p><p class=""><strong>Essential #1: Mobile-First Functionality</strong></p><p class="">Sixty-five percent of your visitors are browsing on their phones. If your site doesn't work beautifully on mobile, you've lost the majority of your audience before they even scroll down.</p><p class="">Test everything on your phone. Does that contact form work? Can people easily tap your buttons? Is your text readable without zooming? Get this right, and you're already ahead of many competitors.</p><p class=""><strong>Essential #2: SEO Foundation That Actually Works</strong></p><p class="">You don't need to become an SEO expert overnight, but you do need the basics in place from day one. Think of it as building your house on solid ground instead of sand.</p><p class="">Here's your checklist:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Use proper heading structure (H1 for main titles, H2 for sections)</p></li><li><p class="">Write clear meta titles (50-60 characters) and descriptions (150-160 characters) that use your keywords or phrases</p></li><li><p class="">Create clean, keyword-friendly URLs whenever possible</p></li><li><p class="">Include the phrases your customers actually search for in your copy</p></li></ul><p class="">These aren't complicated, but they're important. Without them, your website will struggle to be found no matter how beautiful the design is. Plus, this stuff is a lot easier to tweak when needed if it's setup correctly from the start, than it is to try and fix it once it's broken.</p>


  




  




  
    
  


  
    
  
  <p class=""><strong>Essential #3: Bulletproof Core Functions</strong></p><p class="">What's the main action you want visitors to take? Book a call? Make a purchase? Enroll in your course? Whatever it is, that pathway better work flawlessly.</p><p class="">I've seen gorgeous websites lose customers because of a broken contact form or checkout button that goes nowhere. A functional "boring" button or form beats a beautiful broken one every single time.</p><p class="">Notice what's not on this list? Perfect design. Fancy animations or effects. Custom photography. Those are lovely additions, but they're not launch blockers.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="4d636b83-0381-4c05-9bd9-cb3494010001" class="sqsrte-text-highlight">The Smart Way to Handle Your "Nice-to-Haves"</span></h2><p class="">Here's what you can absolutely save for later without hurting your results:</p><p class=""><strong>Custom Photography</strong>: Start with good stock photos that match your brand. Use an AI tool to take a good photo of you and turn it into something website worthy. You can always upgrade to custom shots when budget and time allow.</p><p class=""><strong>Fancy Effects and Animations</strong>: Simple and clean beats slow and flashy. Your visitors want speed and clarity, not a light show.</p><p class=""><strong>Perfect Copy</strong>: Good enough copy that's live beats perfect copy that's sitting in your drafts folder. Remember, you can always edit and improve.</p><p class=""><strong>Logo Design</strong>: I know we all love a good logo, but here's my designer secret—you don't actually need a logo to launch. Really. It's a nice-to-have, not a must-have.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="2a95edd5-858b-49c4-8977-30d29d7bef12" class="sqsrte-text-highlight">Embracing the Progress Over Perfection Mindset</span></h2><p class="">Instead of waiting for perfection, think of your website launch as starting a conversation. You wouldn't wait until you had the perfect thing to say before speaking to a potential client in person, would you?</p><p class="">Your website is the same. It's better to start the conversation imperfectly than never start it at all.</p><p class="">So here's a three-month progressive launch strategy for you...</p><p class=""><strong>Month 1: Launch with Essentials</strong> Get your mobile-responsive design working, basic SEO structure in place, and core functions tested. Then launch and start monitoring real user behavior.</p><p class=""><strong>Month 2: Fix What's Actually Broken</strong> Review how real visitors are using your site. Address any genuine issues based on actual data, not assumptions.</p><p class=""><strong>Month 3 and Beyond: Add the Polish</strong> Now you can layer on those nice-to-haves—better photos, refined copy, design improvements. But you'll be making these decisions based on real performance data, not guesswork.</p><p class="">This becomes your ongoing website lifecycle: publish, measure, improve, repeat. Your website isn't a one-and-done project—it's a living part of your business that grows with you.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="f39b1fe3-4fa2-43fd-9628-bcc5dae77791" class="sqsrte-text-highlight">Breaking Free from the Perfect Website Myth</span></h2><p class="">If you need someone to tell you it's okay to launch your website before everything is perfect, consider this your official permission slip to ignore the perfect website myth.</p><p class="">Your future clients need what you're offering right now. Not in three months when you finally decide the header image is just right. Not when you've rewritten that About page for the fifteenth time.</p><p class="">Here's your challenge for launching your website: Set a launch date. Put it on your calendar. Tell someone who'll hold you accountable. Then stick to it.</p><p class="">Remember: Perfect is the enemy of done, and done is the enemy of never. I can't get back those three months I spent chasing the perfect website myth instead of connecting with real clients or creating valuable content for my audience. Don't make the same mistake when launching your website.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="d0809c53-d58b-43d6-93e1-dfb8e5b3cc8c" class="sqsrte-text-highlight">Ready to Launch Your Website? Here's What Really Matters</span></h2><p class="">Your website doesn't need to be perfect—it needs to be helpful and functional. The beautiful truth is that launching your website "imperfectly" teaches you more about your audience than months of chasing the perfect website myth ever could.</p><p class="">Don't let the myth of the perfect website keep you from connecting with the clients who need you. So take a deep breath, focus on those three essentials, and launch your website. You'll be so glad you chose progress over perfection.</p><p class=""><strong><em>Ready to stop chasing the perfect website myth and start making real progress? I share practical website and SEO strategies that actually work in my weekly newsletter—no fluff, just actionable insights from the trenches. Join other business owners who've decided that done is better than perfect.</em></strong>👇</p>


  




  




  
    <center></center>
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1750273240155-NCGCAEOI47D7BXQ7C6B4/Perfect+Website+Myth+Feature+Image.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">The Perfect Website Myth: Why Progress Beats Perfection</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>DIY Web Design: Is Your Budget Solution a Budget Drain?</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Business Tips</category><category>Website Design</category><category>Recommendations</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 05 Jun 2025 20:46:00 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/diy-web-design-budget-drain</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:6826453de97bd01b34312185</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>Have you ever bought a $300 website template thinking you'd have a stunning website up and running in a weekend, only to find yourself weeks later still struggling to make it look right?</strong> Or maybe you’re considering going the DIY route for your new website. Many business owners turn to DIY web design as a budget-friendly solution, but you might be feeling overwhelmed by everything you need to learn, your free trial is about to expire, and meanwhile, your business isn't making any sales online. <strong><em>That budget-friendly DIY option might be silently costing you thousands in lost revenue and opportunity costs.</em></strong></p>


  




  



<hr />

<iframe allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/QcnpB1ou6nw?controls=0&amp;iv_load_policy=3&amp;wmode=opaque" width="550" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" type="text/html" height="634"></iframe>




  
    
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><em>Prefer to watch or listen over reading? Then be sure to view the companion video on my YouTube channel.</em><br><br></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="6b79d61f-5239-4f6e-b6ce-9a49f4bfb880" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>The Truth About DIY Web Design</strong></span></h2><p class="">Let me be clear: I am not anti-DIY. Quite the opposite! I truly believe in DIY web design, and if you look around my channel, you'll find most of my content is very DIY-friendly. I love supporting people in creating and maintaining their own websites.</p><p class=""><strong><em>That said, just because people can pursue DIY for their website doesn't always mean they should. It really isn't for everyone.</em></strong></p><p class="">Most folks who start the DIY journey begin with templates, and I'm a huge fan of templates. They make the process smoother than starting with a blank slate and are great if you have a limited budget. Time is also a consideration—maybe you wanted to hire a designer, but they're expensive or booked out for months, and you need your website now. Spending a few hundred dollars on a template can be the perfect solution—until it isn’t.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="0b16de87-5f6d-487d-85b6-600acee37f5c" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Common DIY Web Design Scenarios</strong></span></h2><p class=""><strong>Here's what often happens:</strong> You download or buy a web design template and dive into your project, but quickly realize it's more work than you thought. It's taking way more time than expected, and you start feeling overwhelmed and fear you’re in over your head.</p><p class="">Meanwhile, pressure builds because you're working under a free trial timeline that's running out. Soon you'll have to pay for a plan, but you're not sure if you want to until your site is ready to launch. What if you decide to bail altogether? You don't want to spend more money you might not recoup, but you're also not making any money off your nonexistent website.</p><p class=""><strong><em>Website platforms make web design seem easy with their "drag and drop" appeal, making anyone feel like, "Hey, I can do this. No problem!" But there's so much more to it than that.</em></strong></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="591ad1bb-a563-41f7-8dfb-679c83a97ba2" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>What's Hiding Under the Hood of DIY Websites &amp; Templates</strong></span></h2><p class="">When you look under the hood, there's a lot you need to know:</p><ul data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">How to source images with proper licensing</p></li><li><p class="">How to write your copy</p></li><li><p class="">Learning to navigate and maintain your website platform</p></li><li><p class="">Implementing basic SEO</p></li><li><p class="">Understanding Google Search Console and analytics</p></li><li><p class="">Connecting your domain so you can publish</p></li><li><p class="">Setting up your email</p></li><li><p class="">Knowing what legal policies are required</p></li></ul><p class=""><strong>Most folks don't know they need to know these things. And how could they? You don't know what you don't know.</strong></p><p class="">Will you have to search for this information on your own—YouTube videos, Facebook groups, platform support articles? Or did your template provider give you resources, courses, or checklists to guide you?</p><p class="">You might push through all this and build a site that looks nice, only to find your website isn't working. It's not converting. You're not making money. You're losing money because your site isn't doing the job you need it to do - making sales.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="7a0835a1-ea09-4291-ab6c-eb58aa551d8c" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>When Budget Friend Turns Foe - Calculating Opportunity Cost</strong></span></h2><p class="">This is when your budget friend becomes your budget enemy. <strong><em>How do you know if that few hundred dollars "investment" is actually costing you thousands?</em></strong></p><p class=""><strong>Let's do some quick math:</strong></p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class="">Write down how much you spent on that template.</p></li><li><p class="">What's <strong>your</strong> hourly rate? What do you charge for your services?</p></li><li><p class="">How many hours are you spending building your website and learning the platform? 20? 50? 100?</p></li><li><p class="">Multiply that by your hourly rate. That's how much money you're not making billing others for your work while building your website.</p></li><li><p class="">What about the potential revenue you lose while your website isn't up and running?</p></li><li><p class="">Add these numbers up.</p></li></ol><p class="">That should give you a good idea of where you stand. Are you looking at potentially thousands of dollars lost in opportunity costs?</p><p class="">You can continue on your DIY adventure if the numbers aren't too bad and pose an acceptable risk. But if that time and cost keep growing, you might need to consider other options because pretty soon, you might find that cheap DIY option is potentially costing you thousands in opportunity costs and delayed revenue or sales.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="c4243609-0a4a-43a5-9110-fb45eafd4ffb" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Questions You Need To Ask Yourself</strong></span></h2><p class="">Whether you're currently stuck in DIY quicksand or just considering the DIY route, ask yourself:</p><h3><strong>1. How Much Customization Does Your Template Need?</strong></h3><p class="">If you can just change colors, fonts, images, and copy without major overhauls, your DIY web design journey might be manageable. But if you need significant customization, adding pages, functionality, or features, that adds time and cost.</p><h3><strong>2. What Resources Are Available?</strong></h3><p class="">Will you have to find information yourself, or did your template provider include resources, checklists, or courses? Good template shops provide the information you need to work in the platform efficiently. If you need to find that all on your own, you are going to have to invest more time and a little more ingenuity</p><h3><strong>3. How Much Time Do You Have?</strong></h3><p class="">Consider both your personal availability (hours per week) and any deadlines for launching your website. If you only have a few hours weekly, it will take longer to complete. Likewise, if you must launch your website by a specific date, you may not have enough time to learn everything you need to meet that deadline.</p><h3><strong>4. How Much Do You Want To Learn?</strong></h3><p class="">You don't need to become an expert in your website platform, in SEO, or in copywriting, but you'll need some basics. How much time are you willing to invest in learning? Do you actually want to learn these skills? It's okay if you don't want to learn that stuff. But if you're someone who's curious and you like diving in and learning new skills, then working on a template and DIY-ing is going to give you a good opportunity to do that. If you have no desire to learn any of that, then DIY may not be the right fit for you.</p>


  




  



<hr />
  
    
  
  <p class=""><strong>If you’re interested in learning more about DIY SEO and copywriting, these articles may interest you:</strong></p><p class="">	<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/sms-series-what-is-seo" target=""><span>SEO Made Simple | What is SEO &amp; Why is it important?</span></a></p><p class="">	<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/best-website-copywriting-options" target=""><span>Website Content: 3 Best Options for Your Website Copywriting</span></a></p>


  




  



<hr />
  
    
  
  <h3><strong>5. What's Most Important: Money or Time?</strong></h3><p class="">If budget is your priority, be prepared to dig in and learn. You may sacrifice speed to launch for savings. If time matters more, or you have a deadline, it might be time to hire help.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="d0d178fa-9d5e-43e4-ae54-6d9ce27f7bc9" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>When to Reconsider Your DIY Website Approach</strong></span></h2><p class="">In my experience, I've had clients who downloaded templates, started building their websites, and then realized, "Whoa, this is too much. I'm way over my head." They chose to hire a custom designer like me instead, so they could have the website they dreamed of without the stress associated with learning everything!</p><p class="">I've also had clients who did a good job DIYing but later needed professional help with updates or optimization, particularly with SEO. It's not just about looking pretty—your site needs to work functionally and strategically. Clients in this position see the value in hiring professional help, now that they understand what goes into building a website.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="be07a7e1-2135-44c1-a0bc-f76015f52620" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Is "Failing" a Good Thing?</strong></span></h2><p class=""><strong>If you've decided DIY isn't for you, that's not failure—it's wisdom!</strong> It's better to recognize when something isn't the right fit and seek professional help.</p><p class="">In the long run, you'll have less to fix than if you built a site that needed a major professional overhaul later. <strong>Sometimes spending more money upfront saves you money down the line.</strong></p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="619d46a0-d7a3-4e55-9124-1365ae70625c" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Your Options</strong></span></h2><p class="">If you need professional help, here are your options:</p><ol data-rte-list="default"><li><p class=""><strong>Contact your template provider</strong> - Many offer template styling services for an additional fee, letting you work with the designers who created your template to get your website up and running fast.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Find a web designer to customize your template</strong> - Many designers offer this service, with timelines from a few days to a week. Costs range from several hundred to a few thousand dollars, depending on the scope and complexity, plus the template price. Some offer this as a standalone service or through VIP/Design Day packages. Some web designers will offer this only for templates they sell, but others may do it for any template. Be sure to ask when researching designers who provide this service.</p></li><li><p class=""><strong>Start from scratch with a custom site</strong> - Yes, this takes more time and money, but you'll get exactly what you want, done professionally with your input, and you'll have confidence that it will work well without major updates for a long time.</p></li></ol><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="22ef4090-e8f0-4a3b-a5bd-a279bee554f3" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Final Thoughts</strong></span></h2><p class="">Don't feel bad if DIY web design isn't for you, and don't panic. If you’re worried about which direction to choose and your free trial is expiring soon, contact your website platform about an extension to give yourself breathing room. Many platforms will happily do this if they know you’ll be upgrading to a paid plan eventually.</p><p class="">Honesty is your best policy! Be honest with yourself about your time, money, and level of desire situation. Figure out which path makes the most sense for you. There's no right or wrong answer, but you need to determine whether your current path is costing you more money than you thought you were saving by DIYing.</p><p class="">Whatever direction you choose—DIY or hiring a professional web designer—I wish you the best of luck with your website!</p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  



<hr />
  
    <center></center>]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1747340234689-SNFGGBNVOHGWPS1JMMPD/DIY+Budget+Solution+or+Drain+Feature+Image.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="1000" height="1500"><media:title type="plain">DIY Web Design: Is Your Budget Solution a Budget Drain?</media:title></media:content></item><item><title>From Mood Board to Website Color Palette: My Process Revealed</title><category>Website Basics</category><category>Tutorials</category><category>Favorites</category><category>Recommendations</category><category>Reviews</category><category>Website Design</category><dc:creator>Megan Desjarlais</dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 22 May 2025 19:02:00 +0000</pubDate><link>https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/website-color-palette-process</link><guid isPermaLink="false">6223b390616b3647b7103555:6266e6a65482c038694eddba:6824d9debee64874e77e196d</guid><description><![CDATA[<hr />Disclosure: This post may contain affiliate links. If you click through and pay for a product or service, I may recieve a small commission at no cost to you.

  
  <p class="sqsrte-large">Have you ever wondered how designers conjure up those perfect website color palettes that make websites sing? As a web designer, it's one of my favorite parts of the job. I could spend all day playing with colors and combinations. I'm excited to pull back the curtain and show you my process, along with the tools I love that make it a blast—both for me and my clients!</p><p class="">Color palettes are truly my jam! I love translating a client's vision into a beautiful and functional color scheme for their website. So, let’s get into it as I walk you through my process.</p><p class=""><em>This blog post is written in a show notes style to help guide you through my process. For the full experience and to actually see my workflow step-by-step, I encourage you to watch the video. Seeing the tools in action will give you a much clearer picture of how I translate a mood board into a cohesive color palette.</em></p>


  




  





<iframe allowfullscreen src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/tyrGbrCcPNs?controls=0&amp;modestbranding=1&amp;wmode=opaque" width="550" data-embed="true" frameborder="0" type="text/html" height="630"></iframe>




  
    
  
  <h2><span data-text-attribute-id="ace7e2fa-766b-4169-8915-c92fe33bccc4" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>My Toolkit: Color Palette Pro and Beyond</strong></span></h2><p class="">The heart of my website color palette creation lies in a fantastic tool called<a href="https://link.floatinglotusdesign.com/cps#rel=sponsored" target="_blank"> Color Palette Pro</a> from Color Palette Studio. They offer an amazing suite of tools for all things color, from crafting mood boards to designing color palettes and pairing fonts. I highly recommend checking them out, whether you're a designer or a DIY enthusiast. I’ve been using their tools for about a year now, and they just keep getting better!</p><p class="">When you log into Color Palette Pro, you're greeted with several options. You can start with their pre-designed styles for inspiration. Alternatively, you can jump into DIY mode, begin with a photo or mood board, or even let the tool generate random color palettes for you. The random generator is constantly creating new palettes, offering endless inspiration!</p>


  




  














































  

    
  
    

      

      
        <figure class="
              sqs-block-image-figure
              intrinsic
            "
        >
          
        
        

        
          
            
          
            
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                <img data-stretch="false" data-image="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/5d98a247-6369-42a9-82d2-6640257f52e3/Color+Palette+Pro+Main+Screen.png" data-image-dimensions="1532x824" data-image-focal-point="0.5,0.5" alt="" data-load="false" elementtiming="system-image-block" src="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/5d98a247-6369-42a9-82d2-6640257f52e3/Color+Palette+Pro+Main+Screen.png?format=1000w" width="1532" height="824" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 100vw" onload="this.classList.add(&quot;loaded&quot;)" srcset="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/5d98a247-6369-42a9-82d2-6640257f52e3/Color+Palette+Pro+Main+Screen.png?format=100w 100w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/5d98a247-6369-42a9-82d2-6640257f52e3/Color+Palette+Pro+Main+Screen.png?format=300w 300w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/5d98a247-6369-42a9-82d2-6640257f52e3/Color+Palette+Pro+Main+Screen.png?format=500w 500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/5d98a247-6369-42a9-82d2-6640257f52e3/Color+Palette+Pro+Main+Screen.png?format=750w 750w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/5d98a247-6369-42a9-82d2-6640257f52e3/Color+Palette+Pro+Main+Screen.png?format=1000w 1000w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/5d98a247-6369-42a9-82d2-6640257f52e3/Color+Palette+Pro+Main+Screen.png?format=1500w 1500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/5d98a247-6369-42a9-82d2-6640257f52e3/Color+Palette+Pro+Main+Screen.png?format=2500w 2500w" loading="lazy" decoding="async" data-loader="sqs">

            
          
        
          
        

        
      
        </figure>
      

    
  


  



  
    
  
  <h2><span data-text-attribute-id="78adcd52-289a-4ec4-be93-1799a95433c3" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Step-by-Step: Crafting a Website Color Palette from a Mood Board</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>Starting with Inspiration</strong></h3><p class="">When I work with a client, I usually opt for the DIY approach. This is because I typically have a collection of inspiring images that I want to incorporate. Often, clients provide me with images that inspire them. I take those images and distill them down to create a cohesive mood board. And yup, I use Color Palette Studio's mood board tool for that, too. It makes it so quick!</p><h3><strong>Setting Up the Palette</strong></h3><p class="">Next, I set the number of colors I want in my palette. I usually go with five. Why five? Because Squarespace has a five-color limit for its website color palettes. Read this post next to learn more about<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/web-design-guide-squarespace-color-palette" target=""> how to add and use your color palette in Squarespace.</a> (I even share a tip on how to use more colors than your Squarespace palette allows!)</p><h3><strong>Uploading the Mood Board</strong></h3><p class="">Then comes the fun part: uploading the mood board. For this example, I've created a mood board for a fictional client. The vibe is Parisian, think French countryside with interesting greens, blues, and muted shades. It's going to make for a fun website color palette.</p>


  




  














































  

    
  
    

      

      
        <figure class="
              sqs-block-image-figure
              intrinsic
            "
        >
          
        
        

        
          
            
          
            
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                <img data-stretch="false" data-image="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/766a6a4a-3015-4c33-b288-b864df3cd894/French+Country+Moodboard+Image+Large.jpeg" data-image-dimensions="799x746" data-image-focal-point="0.5,0.5" alt="" data-load="false" elementtiming="system-image-block" src="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/766a6a4a-3015-4c33-b288-b864df3cd894/French+Country+Moodboard+Image+Large.jpeg?format=1000w" width="799" height="746" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 100vw" onload="this.classList.add(&quot;loaded&quot;)" srcset="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/766a6a4a-3015-4c33-b288-b864df3cd894/French+Country+Moodboard+Image+Large.jpeg?format=100w 100w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/766a6a4a-3015-4c33-b288-b864df3cd894/French+Country+Moodboard+Image+Large.jpeg?format=300w 300w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/766a6a4a-3015-4c33-b288-b864df3cd894/French+Country+Moodboard+Image+Large.jpeg?format=500w 500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/766a6a4a-3015-4c33-b288-b864df3cd894/French+Country+Moodboard+Image+Large.jpeg?format=750w 750w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/766a6a4a-3015-4c33-b288-b864df3cd894/French+Country+Moodboard+Image+Large.jpeg?format=1000w 1000w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/766a6a4a-3015-4c33-b288-b864df3cd894/French+Country+Moodboard+Image+Large.jpeg?format=1500w 1500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/766a6a4a-3015-4c33-b288-b864df3cd894/French+Country+Moodboard+Image+Large.jpeg?format=2500w 2500w" loading="lazy" decoding="async" data-loader="sqs">

            
          
        
          
        

        
      
        </figure>
      

    
  


  



  
  <h3><strong>Generating Initial Palettes</strong></h3><p class="">With the mood board uploaded, all that's left to do is click "generate palette." The tool then generates a range of color palettes based on the mood board's colors. I keep clicking "generate palette" to cycle through different versions until something catches my eye. I can lock colors I like and keep regenerating until I have a full palette that I want to work with.</p>


  




  














































  

    
  
    

      

      
        <figure class="
              sqs-block-image-figure
              intrinsic
            "
        >
          
        
        

        
          
            
          
            
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                <img data-stretch="false" data-image="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/ad99a84b-7de9-4b5d-9870-360d4b4a9a91/Moodboard+with+Color+Palette.jpeg" data-image-dimensions="1280x804" data-image-focal-point="0.5,0.5" alt="" data-load="false" elementtiming="system-image-block" src="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/ad99a84b-7de9-4b5d-9870-360d4b4a9a91/Moodboard+with+Color+Palette.jpeg?format=1000w" width="1280" height="804" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 100vw" onload="this.classList.add(&quot;loaded&quot;)" srcset="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/ad99a84b-7de9-4b5d-9870-360d4b4a9a91/Moodboard+with+Color+Palette.jpeg?format=100w 100w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/ad99a84b-7de9-4b5d-9870-360d4b4a9a91/Moodboard+with+Color+Palette.jpeg?format=300w 300w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/ad99a84b-7de9-4b5d-9870-360d4b4a9a91/Moodboard+with+Color+Palette.jpeg?format=500w 500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/ad99a84b-7de9-4b5d-9870-360d4b4a9a91/Moodboard+with+Color+Palette.jpeg?format=750w 750w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/ad99a84b-7de9-4b5d-9870-360d4b4a9a91/Moodboard+with+Color+Palette.jpeg?format=1000w 1000w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/ad99a84b-7de9-4b5d-9870-360d4b4a9a91/Moodboard+with+Color+Palette.jpeg?format=1500w 1500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/ad99a84b-7de9-4b5d-9870-360d4b4a9a91/Moodboard+with+Color+Palette.jpeg?format=2500w 2500w" loading="lazy" decoding="async" data-loader="sqs">

            
          
        
          
        

        
      
        </figure>
      

    
  


  



  
  <h3><strong>Analyzing and Adjusting the Palette</strong></h3><p class="">Once a palette starts to take shape, I like to move the colors around and reorder them. Since I design Squarespace websites, I tend to arrange the colors from light to dark with the accent in the middle to follow how it will be loaded into Squarespace. It's a simple thing, but it helps me visualize how the palette will work on a website.</p><h3><strong>Contrast Testing for Accessibility</strong></h3><p class="">Now, let's talk accessibility. It's super important to ensure your website is usable by everyone, including those with visual impairments. Color Palette Pro has a contrast tester that shows you how well your color combinations stack up in terms of accessibility.</p><p class="">I typically aim for a contrast ratio of 4.5:1, which is the standard for accessibility. The tool shows you which color pairs meet that contrast ratio. This is important for<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/website-accessibility-color-contrast" target=""> website accessibility and SEO</a>. A strong contrast makes a big difference. It helps to have a good mix of colors, with light and dark background options. This tool allows me to see if I have enough variety to suit my client's brand and the design of their website. Some may only need a few pairs, and others may require several.</p>


  




  














































  

    
  
    

      

      
        <figure class="
              sqs-block-image-figure
              intrinsic
            "
        >
          
        
        

        
          
            
          
            
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                <img data-stretch="false" data-image="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/898b185e-a085-4a2c-bea0-186c20897de7/Color+Palette+Pro+Contrast+Tester.png" data-image-dimensions="817x651" data-image-focal-point="0.5,0.5" alt="" data-load="false" elementtiming="system-image-block" src="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/898b185e-a085-4a2c-bea0-186c20897de7/Color+Palette+Pro+Contrast+Tester.png?format=1000w" width="817" height="651" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 100vw" onload="this.classList.add(&quot;loaded&quot;)" srcset="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/898b185e-a085-4a2c-bea0-186c20897de7/Color+Palette+Pro+Contrast+Tester.png?format=100w 100w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/898b185e-a085-4a2c-bea0-186c20897de7/Color+Palette+Pro+Contrast+Tester.png?format=300w 300w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/898b185e-a085-4a2c-bea0-186c20897de7/Color+Palette+Pro+Contrast+Tester.png?format=500w 500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/898b185e-a085-4a2c-bea0-186c20897de7/Color+Palette+Pro+Contrast+Tester.png?format=750w 750w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/898b185e-a085-4a2c-bea0-186c20897de7/Color+Palette+Pro+Contrast+Tester.png?format=1000w 1000w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/898b185e-a085-4a2c-bea0-186c20897de7/Color+Palette+Pro+Contrast+Tester.png?format=1500w 1500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/898b185e-a085-4a2c-bea0-186c20897de7/Color+Palette+Pro+Contrast+Tester.png?format=2500w 2500w" loading="lazy" decoding="async" data-loader="sqs">

            
          
        
          
        

        
      
        </figure>
      

    
  


  



  
    
  
  <h2><span data-text-attribute-id="4d2601f6-00a2-4b8b-8288-e4abece0790e" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Adding Personality: Naming Colors with a Theme</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>Beyond Hex Codes</strong></h3><p class="">Let's face it, hex codes aren't exactly inspiring. That's why I love to give my colors names.</p><h3><strong>Leveraging the Theme Feature</strong></h3><p class="">Color Palette Pro has a feature where you can designate a theme for your palette, and it generates names to match the theme. This is where the "Customize Theme" option comes in. You can type in a theme, like "French Countryside," and the tool generates color names to match.</p><p class="">In this case, it came up with names like lavender, rosette, sage, truffle, and moss. How cool is that? When I present a palette to a client, <strong><em>these names resonate with them far more than hex codes or generic names like "gray" or "blue." Connecting the colors to the theme and inspiration helps clients connect with the palette on a deeper level.</em></strong></p><h3><strong>Selecting Approved Pairs</strong></h3><p class="">After settling on a palette, I double-check that the accessibility meets my needs and then mark the "approved pairs." These are the color combinations that I know work well together in terms of contrast and aesthetics.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="d2fde922-5738-47f7-8f90-50cb922f9bd1" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Sharing the Vision: Exporting and Communicating with Clients</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>Exporting the Palette</strong></h3><p class="">Once I'm happy with a color palette, it's time to share it with the client. Color Palette Pro makes this easy with its export function. I can select which codes I want to include (I always include hex codes since they're the most versatile). I also include the color names and the approved color pairings so the client can see which combinations work best.</p><p class="">I can then download the palette as a PNG file and send it to the client. It's a clean, professional way to present the color scheme.</p>


  




  














































  

    
  
    

      

      
        <figure class="
              sqs-block-image-figure
              intrinsic
            "
        >
          
        
        

        
          
            
          
            
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                <img data-stretch="false" data-image="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/19e43ed3-636c-4557-9307-707796720d04/Color+Palette+Pro+Export+Screen.png" data-image-dimensions="995x750" data-image-focal-point="0.5,0.5" alt="" data-load="false" elementtiming="system-image-block" src="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/19e43ed3-636c-4557-9307-707796720d04/Color+Palette+Pro+Export+Screen.png?format=1000w" width="995" height="750" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 100vw" onload="this.classList.add(&quot;loaded&quot;)" srcset="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/19e43ed3-636c-4557-9307-707796720d04/Color+Palette+Pro+Export+Screen.png?format=100w 100w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/19e43ed3-636c-4557-9307-707796720d04/Color+Palette+Pro+Export+Screen.png?format=300w 300w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/19e43ed3-636c-4557-9307-707796720d04/Color+Palette+Pro+Export+Screen.png?format=500w 500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/19e43ed3-636c-4557-9307-707796720d04/Color+Palette+Pro+Export+Screen.png?format=750w 750w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/19e43ed3-636c-4557-9307-707796720d04/Color+Palette+Pro+Export+Screen.png?format=1000w 1000w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/19e43ed3-636c-4557-9307-707796720d04/Color+Palette+Pro+Export+Screen.png?format=1500w 1500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/19e43ed3-636c-4557-9307-707796720d04/Color+Palette+Pro+Export+Screen.png?format=2500w 2500w" loading="lazy" decoding="async" data-loader="sqs">

            
          
        
          
        

        
      
        </figure>
      

    
  


  



  
    
  
  <h3><strong>Saving in Projects</strong></h3><p class="">I can also save the palettes in my projects area so I can come back and work on them later, if needed.</p><h3><strong>Using the Color Buddy Chrome Extension</strong></h3><p class="">But here's where it gets even better. Color Palette Studio offers a free Chrome extension called Color Buddy. This<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/blog/free-color-palette-chrome-extension" target=""> free color palette Chrome extension</a> saves you time by letting you save your color palettes and approved pairs right in your browser.</p><p class="">No more searching for files or digging up hex codes. Everything is right there at your fingertips. I always recommend this extension to my clients.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="4cbc7218-0422-4413-9550-96248e7104e7" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Color Buddy in Action: A Seamless Workflow</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>Copying the Studio Code</strong></h3><p class="">To use Color Buddy, you simply copy the "Studio Code" from Color Palette Pro. It looks like a jumbled mess of characters, but don't worry about that. (I will copy and share this code with my client so they can add it to their extension.)</p><h3><strong>Importing into Color Buddy</strong></h3><p class="">Then, go to the Color Buddy extension and create a new palette. Give it a name and paste the Studio Code into the designated field. Click "populate," and boom! The extension automatically populates each color with its hex code.</p>


  




  














































  

    
  
    

      

      
        <figure class="
              sqs-block-image-figure
              intrinsic
            "
        >
          
        
        

        
          
            
          
            
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                <img data-stretch="false" data-image="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/b2d3811b-dc9a-4b92-849e-da9e8474f0d7/Color+Buddy+Main+Screen.png" data-image-dimensions="375x604" data-image-focal-point="0.5,0.5" alt="" data-load="false" elementtiming="system-image-block" src="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/b2d3811b-dc9a-4b92-849e-da9e8474f0d7/Color+Buddy+Main+Screen.png?format=1000w" width="375" height="604" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, (max-width: 767px) 50vw, 50vw" onload="this.classList.add(&quot;loaded&quot;)" srcset="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/b2d3811b-dc9a-4b92-849e-da9e8474f0d7/Color+Buddy+Main+Screen.png?format=100w 100w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/b2d3811b-dc9a-4b92-849e-da9e8474f0d7/Color+Buddy+Main+Screen.png?format=300w 300w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/b2d3811b-dc9a-4b92-849e-da9e8474f0d7/Color+Buddy+Main+Screen.png?format=500w 500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/b2d3811b-dc9a-4b92-849e-da9e8474f0d7/Color+Buddy+Main+Screen.png?format=750w 750w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/b2d3811b-dc9a-4b92-849e-da9e8474f0d7/Color+Buddy+Main+Screen.png?format=1000w 1000w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/b2d3811b-dc9a-4b92-849e-da9e8474f0d7/Color+Buddy+Main+Screen.png?format=1500w 1500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/b2d3811b-dc9a-4b92-849e-da9e8474f0d7/Color+Buddy+Main+Screen.png?format=2500w 2500w" loading="lazy" decoding="async" data-loader="sqs">

            
          
        
          
        

        
      
        </figure>
      

    
  


  













































  

    
  
    

      

      
        <figure class="
              sqs-block-image-figure
              intrinsic
            "
        >
          
        
        

        
          
            
          
            
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                <img data-stretch="false" data-image="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/bdc2d8aa-0932-4fc9-a287-59137f3870fb/Color+Buddy+Pairings+and+import+export+fields.png" data-image-dimensions="375x604" data-image-focal-point="0.5,0.5" alt="" data-load="false" elementtiming="system-image-block" src="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/bdc2d8aa-0932-4fc9-a287-59137f3870fb/Color+Buddy+Pairings+and+import+export+fields.png?format=1000w" width="375" height="604" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, (max-width: 767px) 50vw, 50vw" onload="this.classList.add(&quot;loaded&quot;)" srcset="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/bdc2d8aa-0932-4fc9-a287-59137f3870fb/Color+Buddy+Pairings+and+import+export+fields.png?format=100w 100w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/bdc2d8aa-0932-4fc9-a287-59137f3870fb/Color+Buddy+Pairings+and+import+export+fields.png?format=300w 300w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/bdc2d8aa-0932-4fc9-a287-59137f3870fb/Color+Buddy+Pairings+and+import+export+fields.png?format=500w 500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/bdc2d8aa-0932-4fc9-a287-59137f3870fb/Color+Buddy+Pairings+and+import+export+fields.png?format=750w 750w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/bdc2d8aa-0932-4fc9-a287-59137f3870fb/Color+Buddy+Pairings+and+import+export+fields.png?format=1000w 1000w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/bdc2d8aa-0932-4fc9-a287-59137f3870fb/Color+Buddy+Pairings+and+import+export+fields.png?format=1500w 1500w, https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/bdc2d8aa-0932-4fc9-a287-59137f3870fb/Color+Buddy+Pairings+and+import+export+fields.png?format=2500w 2500w" loading="lazy" decoding="async" data-loader="sqs">

            
          
        
          
        

        
      
        </figure>
      

    
  


  



  
    
  
  <h3><strong>Quick Access and Copying</strong></h3><p class="">From there, you can quickly copy any hex code you need. Whether you're working in Canva, Squarespace, or any other design platform, the hex codes are just a click away.</p><h3><strong>Approved Pairings at Your Fingertips</strong></h3><p class="">But the real magic, in my opinion, lies in the approved pairings. Color Buddy also imports those pairings, so you can quickly see which color combinations are safe to use in terms of contrast and accessibility. This saves a ton of time and eliminates the need to remember where you saved the file with that info.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="22c4e2a0-97af-48b3-9de7-c6332a32f09b" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>The Power of Choice: Presenting Two Palettes</strong></span></h2><h3><strong>Why Two Palettes?</strong></h3><p class="">I typically create two color palettes for my clients. This gives them options and allows them to choose the one that resonates with them the most. Limiting it to two also keeps them from getting overwhelmed with options. I also don't like them to be too similar, because that also muddles the waters for clients. I want them to have a choice between two distinct palettes.</p><h3><strong>Creating a Second Palette</strong></h3><p class="">To create a second palette, I go back to Color Palette Pro and use the same mood board. However, this time I aim for something different. As I mentioned, I want the second palette to be a departure from the first, perhaps more vibrant or with a different overall feel.</p><h3><strong>Contrast Considerations</strong></h3><p class="">When generating the second palette, I pay close attention to the contrast ratios. If the initial results aren't great, as we see in the video, I use the "Get More Pairings" option to add colors that improve the contrast. This is an excellent feature of the Color Palette Pro because it saves time when finding good options to add.</p><h3><strong>Refining the Palette</strong></h3><p class="">Sometimes, adding colors to improve contrast can result in having more than the desired five colors. If that happens, I carefully remove colors until I'm back down to five, making sure to maintain a good balance and variety.</p><h3><strong>Finalizing the Second Palette</strong></h3><p class="">Once I'm happy with the second palette, I rename the colors (again!) and export it, ready to be presented to the client.</p><h3><strong>Presenting the Options</strong></h3><p class="">I present both color palettes to the client, along with font pairing suggestions. I explain the importance of contrast and why a pairing they love may not work best for the website. I then show how the colors will be used in their<a href="https://purposeandpixel.co/custom-squarespace-website-design" target=""> Squarespace web design</a>. This helps them visualize them on their website and make an informed decision.</p><h2><span data-text-attribute-id="3c3a989f-6da2-4cfc-ab5f-0500dce6a342" class="sqsrte-text-highlight"><strong>Conclusion: Embracing the Creative Journey</strong></span></h2><p class="">I hope this peek behind the scenes has been helpful! Creating website color palettes is a creative journey that I love to immerse myself in, and the tools from Color Palette Studio, especially<a href="https://link.floatinglotusdesign.com/cps#rel=sponsored" target="_blank"> Color Palette Pro,</a> make it fun and easy. And don't forget the free Color Buddy Chrome extension that allows you to create and save multiple color palettes for different projects or clients. I use it all the time!</p><p class="">If you've caught the color bug, be sure to check out Color Palette Studio! If something catches your eye that you wanna buy, you can<a href="https://link.floatinglotusdesign.com/cps#rel=sponsored" target="_blank"> save 10% using my affiliate link!</a></p><p class="">Do you like these peeks behind the scenes of my business? Let me know if you’d like to see more content like this. If you have any questions, drop them in the comments below!</p>


  




  




  
    <center></center>
  

<hr />
  
  <p class="sqsrte-large"><strong>You may also find these articles helpful:</strong></p>


  




  




  
    
  

<hr />]]></description><media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://images.squarespace-cdn.com/content/v1/6223b390616b3647b7103555/1747252378218-02IJAVCN2TZFK3AQ82VY/Moodboard+to+Color+Palette+Feature+Image.jpg?format=1500w" medium="image" isDefault="true" width="500" height="750"><media:title type="plain">From Mood Board to Website Color Palette: My Process Revealed</media:title></media:content></item></channel></rss>